The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (HIG) 10-Q 2012 Q1 Quarterly report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ______________

Commission file number 001-13958

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	13-3317783
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06155

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(860) 547-5000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark:	Yes	No
•     whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.	x	¨
•     whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).	x	¨
•     whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer  ¨ Non-accelerated filer  ¨ Smaller reporting company  ¨

•     whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) x

As of April 26, 2012, there were outstanding 440,865,405 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item	Description	Page
	Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1.	Financial Statements
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	5
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	6
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	7
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets — As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011	8
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	9
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	10
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	11
2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	55
3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	112
4.	Controls and Procedures	112
	Part II. OTHER INFORMATION
1.	Legal Proceedings	113
1A.	Risk Factors	115
2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	117
6.	Exhibits	117
	Signature	118
	Exhibits Index	119

2

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain of the statements contained herein are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” and similar references to future periods.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding economic, competitive, legislative and other developments. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. They have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “The Hartford”). Future developments may not be in line with management’s expectations or may have unanticipated effects. Actual results could differ materially from expectations, depending on the evolution of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report. These important risks and uncertainties include:

• challenges related to the Company’s current operating environment, including continuing uncertainty about the strength and speed of the recovery in the United States and other key economies and the impact of governmental stimulus and austerity initiatives, sovereign credit concerns, including the potential consequences associated with recent and further potential downgrades to the credit ratings of debt issued by the United States government, European sovereigns and other adverse developments on financial, commodity and credit markets and consumer spending and investment, including in respect of Europe, and the effect of these events on our returns in our life and property and casualty investment portfolios and our hedging costs associated with our variable annuities business;

• the risks, challenges and uncertainties associated with our March 21, 2012 announcement that we will focus on our Property and Casualty, Group Benefits and Mutual Fund businesses, place our Individual Annuity business into runoff and pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life, Woodbury Financial Services and Retirement Plans businesses and related implementation plans and goals and objectives, as set forth in our Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2012;

• the success of our initiatives relating to the realignment of our business, including the continuing realignment of our hedge program for our variable annuity business, and plans to improve the profitability and long-term growth prospects of our key divisions, including through opportunistic acquisitions or divestitures or other actions or initiatives, and the impact of regulatory or other constraints on our ability to complete these initiatives and deploy capital among our businesses as and when planned;

• market risks associated with our business, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, market volatility and foreign exchange rates, and implied volatility levels, as well as continuing uncertainty in key sectors such as the global real estate market;

• the impact on our investment portfolio if our investment portfolio is concentrated in any particular segment of the economy;

• volatility in our earnings and potential material changes to our results resulting from our adjustment of our risk management program to emphasize protection of statutory surplus and cash flows;

• the impact on our statutory capital of various factors, including many that are outside the Company’s control, which can in turn affect our credit and financial strength ratings, cost of capital, regulatory compliance and other aspects of our business and results;

• risks to our business, financial position, prospects and results associated with negative rating actions or downgrades in the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings or negative rating actions or downgrades relating to our investments;

• the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that could result in changes to investment valuations;

• the subjective determinations that underlie the Company’s evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities;

• losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others;

• the potential for further acceleration of deferred policy acquisition cost amortization;

• the potential for further impairments of our goodwill or the potential for changes in valuation allowances against deferred tax assets;

• the possible occurrence of terrorist attacks and the Company’s ability to contain its exposure, including the effect of the absence or insufficiency of applicable terrorism legislation on coverage;

• the possibility of unfavorable loss development including with respect to long-tailed exposures;

• the difficulty in predicting the Company’s potential exposure for asbestos and environmental claims;

• the possibility of a pandemic, earthquake, or other natural or man-made disaster that may adversely affect our businesses and cost and availability of reinsurance;

3

• weather and other natural physical events, including the severity and frequency of storms, hail, winter storms, hurricanes and tropical storms, as well as climate change and its potential impact on weather patterns;

• the response of reinsurance companies under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses;

• actions by our competitors, many of which are larger or have greater financial resources than we do;

• the Company’s ability to distribute its products through distribution channels, both current and future;

• the cost and other effects of increased regulation as a result of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which, among other effects, has resulted in the establishment of a newly created Financial Services Oversight Council with the power to designate “systemically important” institutions, will require central clearing of, and/or impose new margin and capital requirements on, derivatives transactions, and created a new “Federal Insurance Office” within the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”);

• unfavorable judicial or legislative developments;

• the uncertain effects of emerging claim and coverage issues;

• the potential effect of other domestic and foreign regulatory developments, including those that could adversely impact the demand for the Company’s products, operating costs and required capital levels, including changes to statutory reserves and/or risk-based capital requirements related to secondary guarantees under universal life and variable annuity products or changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws that affect the relative attractiveness of our investment products;

• regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends;

• the Company’s ability to effectively price its property and casualty policies, including its ability to obtain regulatory consents to pricing actions or to non-renewal or withdrawal of certain product lines;

• the Company’s ability to maintain the availability of its systems and safeguard the security of its data in the event of a disaster, cyber or other information security incident or other unanticipated event;

• the risk that our framework for managing business risks may not be effective in mitigating material risk and loss to the Company;

• the potential for difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships;

• the impact of potential changes in federal or state tax laws, including changes affecting the availability of the separate account dividend received deduction;

• the impact of potential changes in accounting principles and related financial reporting requirements;

• the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement; and

• other factors described in such forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by the Company in this document speaks only as of the date of the filing of this Form 10-Q. Factors or events that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict all of them. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

4

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Hartford, Connecticut

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2012, and the related condensed consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended prior to retrospective adjustment for the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-26Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts, (not presented herein); and in our report dated February 24, 2012 (which report includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s change in its method of accounting and reporting for variable interest entities and embedded credit derivatives as required by accounting guidance adopted in 2010, and for other-than-temporary impairments as required by accounting guidance adopted in 2009), we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. We also audited the adjustments described in Note 1 that were applied to retrospectively adjust the December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet of the Company (not presented herein). In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied to the previously issued consolidated balance sheet in deriving the accompanying retrospectively adjusted condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

May 2, 2012

5

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)	2012			2011 As currently reported,  see Note 1
	(Unaudited)
Revenues
Earned premiums	$	3,442		$	3,519
Fee income		1,134			1,209
Net investment income:
Securities available-for-sale and other		1,070			1,108
Equity securities, trading		2,866			803
Total net investment income		3,936			1,911
Net realized capital gains (losses):
Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses		(36	)		(119	)
OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”)		7			64
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(29	)		(55	)
Net realized capital losses, excluding net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(881	)		(348	)
Total net realized capital losses		(910	)		(403	)
Other revenues		59			64
Total revenues		7,661			6,300
Benefits, losses and expenses
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		3,038			3,178
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses – returns credited on international variable annuities		2,864			803
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		321			450
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		1,312			1,354
Interest expense		124			128
Total benefits, losses and expenses		7,659			5,913
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		2			387
Income tax expense (benefit)		(95	)		48
Income from continuing operations, net of tax		97			339
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		(1	)		162
Net income	$	96		$	501
Preferred stock dividends		10			10
Net income available to common shareholders	$	86		$	491
Income from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders per common share
Basic	$	0.20		$	0.74
Diluted	$	0.19		$	0.67
Net income available to common shareholders per common share
Basic	$	0.20		$	1.10
Diluted	$	0.18		$	0.99
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.10		$	0.10

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)	2012			2011 As  currently reported, see Note 1
	(Unaudited)
Comprehensive Income
Net income	$	96		$	501
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in net unrealized gain / loss on securities		241			322
Change in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income		(8	)		5
Change in net gain / loss on cash-flow hedging instruments		(53	)		(68	)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments		(136	)		(29	)
Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustments		33			22
Total other comprehensive income		77			252
Total comprehensive income	$	173		$	753

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

7

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except for share and per share data)	March 31, 2012			December 31, 2011 As currently reported, see Note 1
	(Unaudited)
Assets
Investments:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $80,021 and $78,978) (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $235 and $153)	$	83,157		$	81,809
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option (includes variable interest entity assets of $339 and $338)		1,291			1,328
Equity securities, trading, at fair value (cost of $30,212 and $32,928)		30,722			30,499
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $1,001 and $1,056)		938			921
Mortgage loans (net of allowances for loan losses of $88 and $102)		6,275			5,728
Policy loans, at outstanding balance		1,970			2,001
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments (includes variable interest entity assets of $7 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31,2011)		2,732			2,532
Other investments		1,259			2,394
Short-term investments (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $10 as of March 31, 2012)		5,256			7,736
Total investments		133,600			134,948
Cash		2,059			2,581
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances, net		3,565			3,446
Reinsurance recoverables, net		4,559			4,768
Deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits		6,577			6,556
Deferred income taxes, net		2,375			2,131
Goodwill		1,006			1,006
Property and equipment, net		1,017			1,029
Other assets		3,388			2,274
Separate account assets		152,402			143,870
Total assets	$	310,548		$	302,609
Liabilities
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	40,532		$	41,016
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable		44,080			45,612
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable – international variable annuities		30,677			30,461
Unearned premiums		5,325			5,222
Long-term debt		6,220			6,216
Consumer notes		310			314
Other liabilities (includes variable interest entity liabilities of $461 and $471)		9,728			8,412
Separate account liabilities		152,402			143,870
Total liabilities		289,274			281,123
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value — 50,000,000 shares authorized, 575,000 shares issued, liquidation preference $1,000 per share		556			556
Common stock, $0.01 par value — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 469,746,638 and 469,750,171 shares issued		5			5
Additional paid-in capital		10,031			10,391
Retained earnings		11,042			11,001
Treasury stock, at cost — 28,881,233 and 27,211,115 shares		(1,688	)		(1,718	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax		1,328			1,251
Total stockholders’ equity		21,274			21,486
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	310,548		$	302,609

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions, except for share data)	2012			2011 As currently reported,  see Note 1
	(Unaudited)
Preferred Stock	$	556		$	556
Common Stock		5			5
Additional Paid-in Capital, beginning of period		10,391			10,448
Repurchase of warrants		(300	)		—
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans		(58	)		(47	)
Tax expense on employee stock options and awards		(2	)		(10	)
Additional Paid-in Capital, end of period		10,031			10,391
Retained Earnings, beginning of period		11,001			10,509
Net income		96			501
Dividends on preferred stock		(10	)		(10	)
Dividends declared on common stock		(45	)		(45	)
Retained Earnings, end of period		11,042			10,955
Treasury Stock, at Cost, beginning of period		(1,718	)		(1,774	)
Treasury stock acquired		(42	)		—
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans from treasury stock		79			57
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and other to treasury stock		(7	)		(5	)
Treasury Stock, at Cost, end of period		(1,688	)		(1,722	)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, beginning of period		1,251			(990	)
Total other comprehensive income		77			252
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, end of period		1,328			(738	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity	$	21,274		$	19,447
Preferred Shares Outstanding (in thousands)		575			575
Common Shares Outstanding, at beginning of period (in thousands)		442,539			444,549
Treasury stock acquired		(2,550	)		—
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans		1,202			727
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and other to treasury stock		(326	)		(168	)
Common Shares Outstanding, at end of period		440,865			445,108

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

9

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

		Three Months Ended March 31,
(In millions)		2012			2011 As currently reported,  see Note 1
		(Unaudited)
Operating Activities
Net income		$	96		$	501
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits			321			450
Additions to deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits			(439	)		(419	)
Change in reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and unearned premiums			(624	)		(39	)
Change in reinsurance recoverables			(14	)		59
Change in receivables and other assets			(474	)		(49	)
Change in payables and accruals			1,184			(23	)
Change in accrued and deferred income taxes			121			57
Net realized capital (gains) losses			910			176
Net receipts (disbursements) from investment contracts related to policyholder funds—international variable annuities			216			(496	)
Net (increase) decrease in equity securities, trading			(223	)		481
Depreciation and amortization			98			128
Other operating activities, net			(32	)		(352	)
Net cash provided by operating activities			1,140			474
Investing Activities
Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale			14,442			8,860
Fixed maturities, fair value option			12			—
Equity securities, available-for-sale			59			24
Mortgage loans			112			70
Partnerships			43			58
Payments for the purchase of:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale			(13,048	)		(7,588	)
Fixed maturities, fair value option			—			(531	)
Equity securities, available-for-sale			(18	)		(25	)
Mortgage loans			(660	)		(326	)
Partnerships			(319	)		(55	)
Proceeds from business sold			—			278
Derivatives, net			(2,017	)		(465	)
Change in policy loans, net			31			—
Other investing activities, net			(4	)		(46	)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities			(1,367	)		254
Financing Activities
Deposits and other additions to investment and universal life-type contracts			3,623			3,338
Withdrawals and other deductions from investment and universal life-type contracts			(5,963	)		(6,174	)
Net transfers from separate accounts related to investment and universal life-type contracts			2,218			2,418
Repayments at maturity or settlement of consumer notes			(4	)		—
Proceeds from net issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans, excess tax benefit and other			(4	)		(2	)
Treasury stock acquired			(48	)		—
Dividends paid on preferred stock			(11	)		(11	)
Dividends paid on common stock			(44	)		(19	)
Changes in bank deposits and payments on bank advances			—			(1	)
Net cash used for financing activities			(233	)		(451	)
Foreign exchange rate effect on cash			(62	)		(22	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash			(522	)		255
Cash – beginning of period			2,581			2,062
Cash – end of period		$	2,059		$	2,317
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information	��
Income taxes paid (received)		$	(548	)	$	26
Interest paid		$	89		$	89

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is a holding company for insurance and financial services subsidiaries that provide investment products and life and property and casualty insurance to both individual and business customers in the United States (collectively, “The Hartford”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”). Also, The Hartford continues to administer business previously sold in Japan and the U.K.

On March 21, 2012, the Company announced the completion of its businesses and strategy evaluation. As a result of this review, which was conducted by the Company’s management and Board of Directors over the past several quarters, the Company announced that it will focus on its Property and Casualty, Group Benefits and Mutual Fund businesses, place its existing Individual Annuity business into runoff and pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life and Retirement Plans businesses and Woodbury Financial Services, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary.

On April 26, 2012, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement to sell its individual annuity new business capabilities to a third party. Effective May 1, 2012, all new annuity policies sold by the Company will be reinsured to a third party. The Company will cease the sale of annuity policies and the reinsurance agreement will terminate as to new business in the second quarter of 2013. The reinsurance agreement has no impact on in-force policies issued on or before April 27, 2012.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which differ materially from the accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities. These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report. The results of operations for the interim periods should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes as of March 31, 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are unaudited. These financial statements reflect all adjustments (generally consisting only of normal accruals) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods.

On January 1, 2012, the Company retrospectively adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-26, Financial Services –Insurance (Topic 944): Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts which clarifies the definition of policy acquisition costs that are eligible for deferral. Previously reported financial information has been revised to reflect the effect of the Company’s adoption of this accounting standard. As a result of this accounting change, total stockholders’ equity as of January 1, 2011, decreased by approximately $1.6 billion, after-tax from $20.3 billion, as previously reported, to $18.7 billion due to a reduction of the Company’s deferred acquisition cost asset balance related to certain costs that do not meet the provisions of the revised standard. The effect of adoption of this accounting standard on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:

	December 31, 2011
	As previously reported		Effect of change			As currently reported
Deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits	$	8,744	$	(2,188	)	$	6,556
Deferred income taxes, net	$	1,398	$	733		$	2,131
Other liabilities	$	8,443	$	(31	)	$	8,412
Retained earnings	$	12,519	$	(1,518	)	$	11,001
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	$	1,157	$	94		$	1,251
Total stockholders’ equity	$	22,910	$	(1,424	)	$	21,486

11

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
	As previously reported		Effect of change			As currently reported
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits	$	664	$	(214	)	$	450
Insurance operating costs and other expenses	$	1,125	$	229		$	1,354
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	410	$	(23	)	$	387
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	59	$	(11	)	$	48
Net income (loss)	$	511	$	(10	)	$	501
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	501	$	(10	)	$	491
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders per common share
Basic	$	0.77	$	(0.03	)	$	0.74
Diluted	$	0.69	$	(0.02	)	$	0.67
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per common share
Basic	$	1.13	$	(0.03	)	$	1.10
Diluted	$	1.01	$	(0.02	)	$	0.99

Consolidation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., companies in which the Company directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest and those variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which the Company is required to consolidate. Entities in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions but are not required to consolidate are reported using the equity method. Material intercompany transactions and balances between The Hartford and its subsidiaries and affiliates have been eliminated. For further discussions on VIEs see Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Discontinued Operations

The results of operations of a component of the Company that either has been disposed of or is classified as held-for-sale are reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction.

The Company is presenting the operations of certain businesses that meet the criteria for reporting as discontinued operations. Amounts for prior periods have been retrospectively reclassified. See Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the specific subsidiaries and related impacts.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The most significant estimates include those used in determining property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance; estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts; evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on investments; living benefits required to be fair valued; goodwill impairment; valuation of investments and derivative instruments; pension and other postretirement benefit obligations; valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters. Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Mutual Funds

The Company maintains a retail mutual fund operation whereby the Company provides investment management, administrative and distribution services to The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. and The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc. (collectively, “mutual funds”). These mutual funds are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The mutual funds are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company. As such, the mutual fund assets and liabilities and related investment returns are not reflected in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements since they are not assets, liabilities and operations of the Company.

12

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)

Significant Accounting Policies

For a description of significant accounting policies, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report, which should be read in conjunction with these accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
Tax expense (benefit) at U.S. Federal statutory rate	$	1		$	135
Tax-exempt interest		(36	)		(37	)
Dividends-received deduction		(33	)		(37	)
Valuation allowance		(20	)		(2	)
Other		(7	)		(11	)
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	(95	)	$	48

The separate account dividends-received deduction (“DRD”) is estimated for the current year using information from the prior year-end, adjusted for current year equity market performance and other appropriate factors, including estimated levels of corporate dividend payments and level of policy owner equity account balances. The actual current year DRD can vary from estimates based on, but not limited to, changes in eligible dividends received by the mutual funds, amounts of distribution from these mutual funds, amounts of short-term capital gains at the mutual fund level and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD. The Company evaluates its DRD computations on a quarterly basis.

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were unchanged during the three months ended March 31, 2012, remaining at $48 as of March 31, 2012. This entire amount, if it were recognized, would affect the effective tax rate in the period it is released.

The Company’s federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Audits have been concluded for all years through 2006. The audit of the years 2007—2009 commenced during 2010 and is expected to conclude by the end of 2012.

The Company has recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance that is adequate to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will more likely than not be realized. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which related predominantly to foreign net operating losses, was $75 as of March 31, 2012 and $95 as of December 31, 2011. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considered future taxable temporary differences reversals, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in open carry back years, as well as other tax planning strategies.

Included in the Company’s March 31, 2012 $2.4 billion net deferred tax asset is $2.9 billion relating to items treated as ordinary for federal income tax purposes, and a $482 net deferred tax liability for items classified as capital in nature. The $482 capital items are comprised of $682 of gross deferred tax assets related to realized capital losses and $1.2 billion of gross deferred tax liabilities related to net unrealized capital gains.

13

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income and shares used in calculating basic earnings (loss) per common share to those used in calculating diluted earnings (loss) per common share.

	Three Months Ended March  31,
(In millions, except for per share data)	2012			2011
Earnings
Income from continuing operations
Income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	97		$	339
Less: Preferred stock dividends		10			10
Income from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders		87			329
Add: Dilutive effect of preferred stock dividends		—			10
Income from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders and assumed conversion of preferred shares	$	87		$	339
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(1	)	$	162
Net income
Net income	$	96		$	501
Less: Preferred stock dividends		10			10
Net income available to common shareholders		86			491
Add: Dilutive effect of preferred stock dividends		—			10
Net income available to common shareholders and assumed conversion of preferred shares	$	86		$	501
Shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic		440.7			444.6
Dilutive effect of warrants		26.4			41.1
Dilutive effect of stock compensation plans		1.9			1.8
Dilutive effect of mandatory convertible preferred shares		—			20.7
Weighted average shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares		469.0			508.2
Earnings (loss) per common share
Basic
Income from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders	$	0.20		$	0.74
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		—			0.36
Net income available to common shareholders	$	0.20		$	1.10
Diluted
Income from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders	$	0.19		$	0.67
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		(0.01	)		0.32
Net income available to common shareholders	$	0.18		$	0.99

14

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, 20.9 million shares for mandatory convertible preferred shares, along with the related dividend adjustment, would have been antidilutive to the earnings per share calculations. Assuming the impact of the mandatory convertible preferred shares was not antidilutive, weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares would have totaled 489.9 million.

The declaration of a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.10 during the first quarter of 2012 triggered a provision in The Hartford’s Warrant Agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, relating to warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program, resulting in an adjustment to the warrant exercise price to $9.676 from $9.699.

In addition, the declaration also triggered a provision in The Hartford’s Fixed Conversion Rate Agreement, relating to the Company’s mandatory convertible preferred stock, resulting in an adjustment to the minimum conversion rate to 29.8831 from 29.536 shares of Common Stock per share of Series F Preferred Stock and the maximum conversion rate to 36.4596 from 36.036 shares of Common Stock per share of Series F Preferred Stock.

On March 30, 2012 the Company entered into an agreement with Allianz and repurchased the outstanding Series B and Series C warrants. As a result, Allianz no longer holds potentially dilutive outstanding warrants.

3. Segment Information

The Company is organized into four divisions: Commercial Markets, Consumer Markets, Wealth Management and Runoff Operations and conducts business principally in nine reporting segments, as well as the Corporate category. Starting in the second quarter of 2012, financial results for the Individual Annuity segment, which consists of U.S. variable, fixed and fixed indexed annuities, will be reported in the Life Other Operations segment. The Company’s reporting segments as of March 31, 2012 are as follows:

Commercial Markets

Property & Casualty Commercial

Property & Casualty Commercial provides workers’ compensation, property, automobile, marine, livestock, liability and umbrella coverages primarily throughout the United States (“U.S.”), along with a variety of customized insurance products and risk management services including professional liability, fidelity, surety, and specialty casualty coverages.

Group Benefits

Group Benefits provides employers, associations, affinity groups and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits, and group retiree health.

Consumer Markets

Consumer Markets provides standard automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverages to individuals across the U.S., including a special program designed exclusively for members of AARP. Consumer Markets also operates a member contact center for health insurance products offered through the AARP Health program.

Wealth Management

Individual Annuity

Individual Annuity offers individual variable, fixed market value adjusted (“fixed MVA”), fixed index and single premium immediate annuities in the U.S.

Individual Life

Individual Life sells a variety of life insurance products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term life.

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans provides products and services to corporations pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and products and services to municipalities and not-for-profit organizations under Sections 457 and 403(b) of the Code, collectively referred to as government plans.

Mutual Funds

Mutual Funds offers retail mutual funds, investment-only mutual funds and college savings plans under Section 529 of the Code (collectively referred to as non-proprietary) and proprietary mutual funds supporting insurance products issued by The Hartford.

15

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

3. Segment Information (continued)

Runoff Operations

Life Other Operations

Life Other Operations encompasses the administration of investment retirement savings and other insurance and savings products to individuals and groups outside of the U.S., primarily in Japan and Europe, as well as institutional annuity products and private placement life insurance.

Property & Casualty Other Operations

Property & Casualty Other Operations includes the Company’s management of certain property and casualty operations that have discontinued writing new business and substantially all of the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposures.

Corporate

The Company includes in the Corporate category the Company’s debt financing and related interest expense, as well as other capital raising activities; banking operations; certain fee income and commission expenses associated with sales of non-proprietary products by broker-dealer subsidiaries; and certain purchase accounting adjustments and other charges not allocated to the segments.

Financial Measures and Other Segment Information

Certain transactions between segments occur during the year that primarily relate to tax settlements, insurance coverage, expense reimbursements, services provided, security transfers and capital contributions. Also, one segment may purchase group annuity contracts from another to fund pension costs and annuities to settle casualty claims. In addition, certain inter-segment transactions occur that relate to interest income on allocated surplus. Consolidated net investment income is unaffected by such transactions.

The following table presents net income (loss) for each reporting segment, as well as the Corporate category.

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
Net income (loss)	2012			2011
Property & Casualty Commercial	$	189		$	323
Group Benefits		18			11
Consumer Markets		108			108
Individual Annuity		198			143
Individual Life		19			18
Retirement Plans		18			5
Mutual Funds		20			28
Life Other Operations		(405	)		(70	)
Property & Casualty Other Operations		27			21
Corporate		(96	)		(86	)
Net income	$	96		$	501

16

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

3. Segment Information (continued)

The following table presents revenues by product line for each reporting segment, as well as the Corporate category.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Revenues	2012			2011
Earned premiums, fees, and other considerations
Property & Casualty Commercial
Workers’ compensation	$	733		$	665
Property		125			135
Automobile		146			146
Package business		292			283
Liability		141			135
Fidelity and surety		52			55
Professional liability		68			79
Total Property & Casualty Commercial		1,557			1,498
Group Benefits
Group disability		443			477
Group life and accident		479			517
Other		50			50
Total Group Benefits		972			1,044
Consumer Markets
Automobile		632			672
Homeowners		277			284
Total Consumer Markets [1]		909			956
Individual Annuity
Variable annuity		349			436
Fixed / MVA and other annuity		19			4
Total Individual Annuity		368			440
Individual Life
Variable life		87			90
Universal life		126			106
Term / Other life		14			13
Total Individual Life		227			209
Retirement Plans
401(k)		84			84
Government plans		12			13
Total Retirement Plans		96			97
Mutual Funds
Non-Proprietary		136			162
Proprietary		15			16
Total Mutual Funds		151			178
Life Other Operations		244			254
Property & Casualty Other Operations		—			—
Corporate		52			52
Total earned premiums, fees, and other considerations		4,576			4,728
Net investment income:
Securities available-for-sale and other		1,070			1,108
Equity securities, trading		2,866			803
Total net investment income		3,936			1,911
Net realized capital losses		(910	)		(403	)
Other revenues		59			64
Total revenues	$	7,661		$	6,300

[1] For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, AARP members accounted for earned premiums of $676 and $698, respectively.

17

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements

The following financial instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements: fixed maturity and equity securities, available-for-sale (“AFS”), fixed maturities at fair value using fair value option (“FVO”), equity securities, trading, short-term investments, freestanding and embedded derivatives, separate account assets and certain other liabilities.

The following section applies the fair value hierarchy and disclosure requirements for the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs in the valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad Levels (Level 1, 2 or 3).

Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 securities include highly liquid U.S. Treasuries, money market funds and exchange traded equity securities, open-ended mutual funds reported in separate account assets and derivative securities.

Level 2 Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability or prices for similar assets and liabilities. Most fixed maturities and preferred stocks, including those reported in separate account assets, are model priced by vendors using observable inputs and are classified within Level 2.

Level 3 Valuations that are derived from techniques in which one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). Level 3 securities include less liquid securities, guaranteed product embedded and reinsurance derivatives and other complex derivative securities. Because Level 3 fair values, by their nature, contain one or more significant unobservable inputs as there is little or no observable market for these assets and liabilities, considerable judgment is used to determine the Level 3 fair values. Level 3 fair values represent the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a current market exchange absent actual market exchanges.

In many situations, inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or liability position may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, the Company will determine the level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. Transfers of securities among the levels occur at the beginning of the reporting period. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, transfers of $138 from Level 1 to Level 2 occurred, which represented previously on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities that are now off-the-run. No transfers from Level 2 to 1 occurred during the first quarter. In most cases, both observable (e.g., changes in interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in risk assumptions) inputs are used in the determination of fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3. Consequently, these values and the related gains and losses are based upon both observable and unobservable inputs. The Company’s fixed maturities included in Level 3 are classified as such because these securities are primarily priced by independent brokers and/or within illiquid markets.

18

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

These disclosures provide information as to the extent to which the Company uses fair value to measure financial instruments and information about the inputs used to value those financial instruments to allow users to assess the relative reliability of the measurements. The following tables present assets and (liabilities) carried at fair value by hierarchy level.

	March 31, 2012
	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)			Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Fixed maturities, AFS
ABS	$	3,087		$	—		$	2,788		$	299
CDOs		3,043			—			2,140			903
CMBS		6,774			—			5,773			1,001
Corporate		43,329			—			41,335			1,994
Foreign government/government agencies		3,352			—			3,297			55
States, municipalities and political subdivisions (“Municipal”)		13,838			—			13,213			625
RMBS		6,595			—			5,486			1,109
U.S. Treasuries		3,139			802			2,337			—
Total fixed maturities		83,157			802			76,369			5,986
Fixed maturities, FVO		1,291			—			783			508
Equity securities, trading		30,722			2,041			28,681			—
Equity securities, AFS		938			369			480			89
Derivative assets
Credit derivatives		5			—			(17	)		22
Equity derivatives		10			—			—			10
Foreign exchange derivatives		370			—			370			—
Interest rate derivatives		—			—			42			(42	)
U.S. guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) hedging instruments		421			—			(13	)		434
U.S. macro hedge program		133			—			—			133
International program hedging instruments		227			—			94			133
Other derivative contracts		27			—			—			27
Total derivative assets [1]		1,193			—			476			717
Short-term investments		5,256			727			4,529			—
Reinsurance recoverable for U.S. GMWB		308			—			—			308
Separate account assets [2]		148,127			109,213			37,568			1,346
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	270,992		$	113,152		$	148,886		$	8,954
Percentage of level to total		100	%		42	%		55	%		3	%
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
U.S guaranteed withdrawal benefits	$	(1,683	)	$	—		$	—		$	(1,683	)
International guaranteed withdrawal benefits		(37	)		—			—			(37	)
International other guaranteed living benefits		(1	)		—			—			(1	)
Equity linked notes		(10	)		—			—			(10	)
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable		(1,731	)		—			—			(1,731	)
Derivative liabilities
Credit derivatives		(522	)		—			(26	)		(496	)
Equity derivatives		29			—			—			29
Foreign exchange derivatives		54			—			54			—
Interest rate derivatives		(447	)		—			(432	)		(15	)
U.S. GMWB hedging instruments		104			—			(56	)		160
U.S. macro hedge program		40			—			—			40
International program hedging instruments		(26	)		—			(8	)		(18	)
Total derivative liabilities [3]		(768	)		—			(468	)		(300	)
Other Liabilities		(21	)		—			—			(21	)
Consumer notes [4]		(4	)		—			—			(4	)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(2,524	)	$	—		$	(468	)	$	(2,056	)

19

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

	December 31, 2011
	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)			Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Fixed maturities, AFS
ABS	$	3,153		$	—		$	2,792		$	361
CDOs		2,487			—			2,119			368
CMBS		6,951			—			6,363			588
Corporate		44,011			—			41,756			2,255
Foreign government/government agencies		2,161			—			2,112			49
States, municipalities and political subdivisions (“Municipal”)		13,260			—			12,823			437
RMBS		5,757			—			4,694			1,063
U.S. Treasuries		4,029			750			3,279			—
Total fixed maturities		81,809			750			75,938			5,121
Fixed maturities, FVO		1,328			—			833			495
Equity securities, trading		30,499			1,967			28,532			—
Equity securities, AFS		921			352			476			93
Derivative assets
Credit derivatives		(24	)		—			(11	)		(13	)
Equity derivatives		31			—			—			31
Foreign exchange derivatives		519			—			519			—
Interest rate derivatives		195			—			147			48
U.S. GMWB hedging instruments		494			—			11			483
U.S. macro hedge program		357			—			—			357
International program hedging instruments		731			—			692			39
Other derivative contracts		28			—			—			28
Total derivative assets [1]		2,331			—			1,358			973
Short-term investments		7,736			750			6,986			—
Reinsurance recoverable for U.S. GMWB		443			—			—			443
Separate account assets [2]		139,432			101,644			36,757			1,031
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	264,499		$	105,463		$	150,880		$	8,156
Percentage of level to total		100	%		40	%		57	%		3	%

20

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

	December 31, 2011
	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
U.S guaranteed withdrawal benefits	$	(2,538	)	$	—	$	—		$	(2,538	)
International guaranteed withdrawal benefits		(66	)		—		—			(66	)
International other guaranteed living benefits		(5	)		—		—			(5	)
Equity linked notes		(9	)		—		—			(9	)
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable		(2,618	)		—		—			(2,618	)
Derivative liabilities
Credit derivatives		(573	)		—		(25	)		(548	)
Equity derivatives		9			—		—			9
Foreign exchange derivatives		134			—		134			—
Interest rate derivatives		(527	)		—		(421	)		(106	)
U.S. GMWB hedging instruments		400			—		—			400
International program hedging instruments		19			—		23			(4	)
Total derivative liabilities [3]		(538	)		—		(289	)		(249	)
Other Liabilities		(9	)		—		—			(9	)
Consumer notes [4]		(4	)		—		—			(4	)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(3,169	)	$	—	$	(289	)	$	(2,880	)

[1] Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net asset value position which may require the counterparty to pledge collateral to the Company. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $97 and $1.4 billion, respectively, of cash collateral liability was netted against the derivative asset value in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and is excluded from the table above. See footnote 3 below for derivative liabilities.

[2] Approximately $4.3 billion and $4.0 billion of investment sales receivable that are not subject to fair value accounting are excluded as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

[3] Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net negative market value position (derivative liability). In the Level 3 roll-forward table included below in this Note 4, the derivative asset and liability are referred to as “freestanding derivatives” and are presented on a net basis.

[4] Represents embedded derivatives associated with non-funding agreement-backed consumer equity linked notes.

Determination of Fair Values

The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities under the “exit price” notion, reflect market-participant objectives and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes relevant observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and financial liabilities based on quoted market prices where available and where prices represent a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company also determines fair value based on future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s default spreads, liquidity and, where appropriate, risk margins on unobservable parameters. The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values for the financial instruments listed in the above tables.

The fair value process is monitored by the Valuation Committee, which is a cross-functional group of senior management within the Company that meets at least quarterly. The Valuation Committee is co-chaired by the Heads of Investment Operations and Accounting and has representation from various investment sector professionals, accounting, operations, legal, compliance and risk management. The purpose of the committee is to oversee the pricing policy and procedures by ensuring objective and reliable valuation practices and pricing of financial instruments, as well as addressing fair valuation issues and approving changes to valuation methodologies and pricing sources. There is also a Fair Value Working Group (“Working Group”) which includes the Heads of Investment Operations and Accounting, as well as other investment, operations, accounting and risk management professionals that meet monthly to review market data trends, pricing and trading statistics and results, and any proposed pricing methodology changes described in more detail in the following paragraphs.

21

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Available-for-Sale Securities, Fixed Maturities, FVO, Equity Securities, Trading, and Short-term Investments

The fair value of AFS securities, fixed maturities, FVO, equity securities, trading, and short-term investments in an active and orderly market (e.g. not distressed or forced liquidation) are determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: third-party pricing services, independent broker quotations or pricing matrices. Security pricing is applied using a “waterfall” approach whereby publicly available prices are first sought from third-party pricing services, the remaining unpriced securities are submitted to independent brokers for prices, or lastly, securities are priced using a pricing matrix. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for fixed maturities, third-party pricing services will normally derive the security prices from recent reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information as outlined above. If there are no recently reported trades, the third-party pricing services and independent brokers may use matrix or model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate. Included in the pricing of ABS and RMBS are estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. Such estimates are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.

Prices from third-party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

A pricing matrix is used to price private placement securities for which the Company is unable to obtain a price from a third-party pricing service by discounting the expected future cash flows from the security by a developed market discount rate utilizing current credit spreads. Credit spreads are developed each month using market based data for public securities adjusted for credit spread differentials between public and private securities which are obtained from a survey of multiple private placement brokers. The appropriate credit spreads determined through this survey approach are based upon the issuer’s financial strength and term to maturity, utilizing an independent public security index and trade information and adjusting for the non-public nature of the securities.

The Working Group performs ongoing analysis of the prices and credit spreads received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. As a part of this analysis, the Company considers trading volume, new issuance activity and other factors to determine whether the market activity is significantly different than normal activity in an active market, and if so, whether transactions may not be orderly considering the weight of available evidence. If the available evidence indicates that pricing is based upon transactions that are stale or not orderly, the Company places little, if any, weight on the transaction price and will estimate fair value utilizing an internal pricing model. In addition, the Company ensures that prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads, and when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines that there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly and approved by the Valuation Committee. The Company’s internal pricing model utilizes the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at a rate of return that a market participant would require. The significant inputs to the model include, but are not limited to, current market inputs, such as credit loss assumptions, estimated prepayment speeds and market risk premiums.

The Company conducts other specific activities to monitor controls around pricing. Daily analyses identify price changes over 3-5%, sale trade prices that differ over 3% from the prior day’s price and purchase trade prices that differ more than 3% from the current day’s price. Weekly analyses identify prices that differ more than 5% from published bond prices of a corporate bond index. Monthly analyses identify price changes over 3%, prices that haven’t changed, missing prices and second source validation on most sectors. Analyses are conducted by a dedicated pricing unit that follows up with trading and investment sector professionals and challenges prices with vendors when the estimated assumptions used differ from what the Company feels a market participant would use. Any changes from the identified pricing source are verified by further confirmation of assumptions used. Examples of other procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third-party pricing services’ methodologies, review of pricing statistics and trends and back testing recent trades. For a sample of structured securities, a comparison of the vendor’s assumptions to our internal econometric models is also performed; any differences are challenged in accordance with the process described above.

The Company has analyzed the third-party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs, and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. Most prices provided by third-party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are market observable. Due to a general lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, most valuations that are based on brokers’ prices are classified as Level 3. Some valuations may be classified as Level 2 if the price can be corroborated with observable market data.

22

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Derivative Instruments, including embedded derivatives within investments

Derivative instruments are fair valued using pricing valuation models that utilize independent market data inputs, quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives, or independent broker quotations. Excluding embedded and reinsurance related derivatives, as of both March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 98% of derivatives, based upon notional values, were priced by valuation models or quoted market prices. The remaining derivatives were priced by broker quotations.

The Company performs various controls on derivative valuations which include both quantitative and qualitative analysis. Analyses are conducted by a dedicated derivative pricing team that works directly with investment sector professionals to analyze impacts of changes in the market environment and investigate variances. There is a monthly analysis to identify market value changes greater than pre-defined thresholds, stale prices, missing prices and zero prices. Also on a monthly basis, a second source validation, typically to broker quotations, is performed for certain of the more complex derivatives, as well as for all new deals during the month. A model validation review is performed on any new models, which typically includes detailed documentation and validation to a second source. The model validation documentation and results of validation are presented to the Valuation Committee for approval. There is a monthly control to review changes in pricing sources to ensure that new models are not moved to production until formally approved.

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore the realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives reported in Level 3 may not reflect the offsetting impact of the realized and unrealized gains and losses of the associated assets and liabilities.

Valuation Techniques and Inputs for Investments

Generally, the Company determines the estimated fair value of its AFS securities, fixed maturities, FVO, equity securities, trading, and short-term investments using the market approach. The income approach is used for securities priced using a pricing matrix, as well as for derivative instruments. For Level 1 investments, which are comprised of on-the-run U.S. Treasuries, exchange-traded equity securities, short-term investments, and exchange traded futures and option contracts, valuations are based on observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

For most of the Company’s debt securities, the following inputs are typically used in the Company’s pricing methods: reported trades, benchmark yields, bids and/or estimated cash flows. For securities except U.S. Treasuries, inputs also include issuer spreads, which may consider credit default swaps. Derivative instruments are valued using mid-market inputs that are predominantly observable in the market.

A description of additional inputs used in the Company’s Level 2 and Level 3 measurements is listed below:

Level 2 The fair values of most of the Company’s Level 2 investments are determined by management after considering prices received from third party pricing services. These investments include most fixed maturities and preferred stocks, including those reported in separate account assets.

• ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS– Primary inputs also include monthly payment information, collateral performance, which varies by vintage year and includes delinquency rates, collateral valuation loss severity rates, collateral refinancing assumptions, credit default swap indices and, for ABS and RMBS, estimated prepayment rates.

• Corporates, including investment grade private placements– Primary inputs also include observations of credit default swap curves related to the issuer.

• Foreign government/government agencies—Primary inputs also include observations of credit default swap curves related to the issuer and political events in emerging markets.

• Municipals– Primary inputs also include Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades and material event notices, and issuer financial statements.

• Short-term investments– Primary inputs also include material event notices and new issue money market rates.

• Equity securities, trading– Consist of investments in mutual funds. Primary inputs include net asset values obtained from third party pricing services.

• Credit derivatives – Significant inputs primarily include the swap yield curve and credit curves.

• Foreign exchange derivatives –Significant inputs primarily include the swap yield curve, currency spot and forward rates, and cross currency basis curves.

• Interest rate derivatives –Significant input is primarily the swap yield curve.

23

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Level 3 Most of the Company’s securities classified as Level 3 include less liquid securities such as lower quality asset-backed securities (“ABS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), commercial real estate (“CRE”) CDOs and residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) primarily backed by below-prime loans. Securities included in level 3 are primarily valued based on broker prices or broker spreads, without adjustments. Primary inputs for non-broker priced investments, including structured securities, are consistent with the typical inputs used in Level 2 measurements noted above, but are Level 3 due to their less liquid markets. Additionally, certain long-dated securities are priced based on third party pricing services, including municipal securities, foreign government/government agencies, bank loans and below investment grade private placement securities. Primary inputs for these long-dated securities are consistent with the typical inputs used in Level 1 and Level 2 measurements noted above, but include benchmark interest rate or credit spread assumptions that are not observable in the marketplace. Also included in Level 3 are certain derivative instruments that either have significant unobservable inputs or are valued based on broker quotations. Significant inputs for these derivative contracts primarily include the typical inputs used in the Level 1 and Level 2 measurements noted above.

Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 Assets Measured at Fair Values

The following table presents information about significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 assets measured at fair value.

Securities	As of March 31, 2012
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	Fair Value			Predominant Valuation Method	Significant Unobservable Input	Range of Values – Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average) [1]	Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value [2]
CMBS	$	1,001		Discounted cash flows	Spread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)	317 – 3,771 bps (1,087 bps)	Decrease
Corporate		1,204	[3]	Discounted cash flows	Spread	87 – 800 bps (342 bps)	Decrease
Municipal		625		Discounted cash flows	Treasury yield beyond 30 years	3.3% (3.3%)	Decrease
RMBS		1,109		Discounted cash flows	Spread	60 – 1,976 bps (691 bps)	Decrease
					Constant prepayment rate	0% – 12% (2%)	Decrease [4]
					Constant default rate	1% – 28% (8%)	Decrease
					Loss severity	45% – 100% (75%)	Decrease

[1] The weighted average is determined based on the fair value of the securities.

[2] Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table above.

[3] Level 3 corporate securities excludes those for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations as discussed below.

[4] Decrease for above market rate coupons and increase for below market rate coupons.

Freestanding Derivatives	As of March 31, 2012
	Fair Value			Predominant Valuation Method	Significant Unobservable Input	Range of Values – Unobservable Inputs	Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value [1]
Equity derivatives
Equity options	$	39		Option model	Equity volatility	13% – 24%	Increase
Interest rate derivative
Interest rate swaps		(93	)	Discounted cash flows	Swap curve beyond 30 years	3.0% – 3.1%	Increase
Long interest rate swaptions		36		Option model	Interest rate volatility	25% – 32%	Increase
U.S. GMWB hedging instruments
Equity options		355		Option model	Equity volatility	24% – 32%	Increase
Customized swaps		239		Discounted cash flows	Equity volatility	10% – 50%	Increase
U.S. macro hedge program
Equity options		173		Option model	Equity volatility	22% – 31%	Increase
International program hedging
Equity options		141		Option model	Equity volatility	20% – 28%	Increase
Short interest rate swaptions		(26	)	Option model	Interest rate volatility	22% – 25%	Decrease

[1] Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table. Changes are based on long positions, unless otherwise noted. Changes in fair value will be inversely impacted for short positions.

24

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Securities and derivatives for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations predominately include ABS, CDOs, corporate, fixed maturities, FVO and certain credit derivatives. Due to the lack of transparency in the process brokers use to develop prices for these investments, the Company does not have access to the significant unobservable inputs brokers use to price these securities and derivatives. The Company believes however, the types of inputs brokers may use would likely be similar to those used to price securities and derivatives for which inputs are available to the Company, and therefore may include, but not be limited to, loss severity rates, constant prepayment rates, constant default rates and counterparty credit spreads. Therefore, similar to non broker priced securities and derivatives, generally, increases in these inputs would cause fair values to decrease. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, no significant adjustments were made by the Company to broker prices received.

Product Derivatives

The Company currently offers certain variable annuity products with GMWB riders in the U.S., and formerly in the U.K. and Japan. The GMWB represents an embedded derivative in the variable annuity contract. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in net realized capital gains and losses. The Company’s GMWB liability is reported in other policyholder funds and benefits payable in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In valuing the embedded derivative, the Company attributes to the derivative a portion of the expected fees to be collected over the expected life of the contract from the contract holder equal to the present value of future GMWB claims (the “Attributed Fees”). The excess of fees collected from the contract holder in the current period over the current period’s Attributed Fees are associated with the host variable annuity contract and reported in fee income.

U.S. GMWB Reinsurance Derivative

The Company has reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer a portion of its risk of loss due to GMWB. These arrangements are recognized as derivatives and carried at fair value in reinsurance recoverables. Changes in the fair value of the reinsurance agreements are reported in net realized capital gains and losses.

The fair value of the U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivative is calculated as an aggregation of the components described in the Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued discussion below and is modeled using significant unobservable inputs, as well as policyholder behavior inputs, identical to those used in calculating the underlying liability, such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization and risk margins.

Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued (in Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable)

Living benefits required to be fair valued include U.S. GMWB, international GMWB and international other guaranteed living benefits. Fair values for GMWB and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) contracts are calculated using the income approach based upon internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those items. The fair value of the Company’s guaranteed benefit liabilities, classified as embedded derivatives, and the related reinsurance and customized freestanding derivatives is calculated as an aggregation of the following components: Best Estimate Claim Payments; Credit Standing Adjustment; and Margins. The resulting aggregation is reconciled or calibrated, if necessary, to market information that is, or may be, available to the Company, but may not be observable by other market participants, including reinsurance discussions and transactions. The Company believes the aggregation of these components, as necessary and as reconciled or calibrated to the market information available to the Company, results in an amount that the Company would be required to transfer or receive, for an asset, to or from market participants in an active liquid market, if one existed, for those market participants to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives. The fair value is likely to materially diverge from the ultimate settlement of the liability as the Company believes settlement will be based on our best estimate assumptions rather than those best estimate assumptions plus risk margins. In the absence of any transfer of the guaranteed benefit liability to a third party, the release of risk margins is likely to be reflected as realized gains in future periods’ net income. Each component described below is unobservable in the marketplace and require subjectivity by the Company in determining their value.

Oversight of the Company’s valuation policies and processes for product and U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivatives is performed by a multidisciplinary group comprised of finance, actuarial and risk management professionals. This multidisciplinary group reviews and approves changes and enhancements to the Company’s valuation model as well as associated controls.

25

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Best Estimate

Claim Payments

The Best Estimate Claim Payments is calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows, including the present value of benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating expectations concerning policyholder behavior such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization. For the customized derivatives, policyholder behavior is prescribed in the derivative contract. Because of the dynamic and complex nature of these cash flows, best estimate assumptions and a Monte Carlo stochastic process is used in valuation. The Monte Carlo stochastic process involves the generation of thousands of scenarios that assume risk neutral returns consistent with swap rates and a blend of observable implied index volatility levels. Estimating these cash flows involves numerous estimates and subjective judgments regarding a number of variables –including expected market rates of return, market volatility, correlations of market index returns to funds, fund performance, discount rates and assumptions about policyholder behavior which emerge over time.

At each valuation date, the Company assumes expected returns based on:

• risk-free rates as represented by the euro dollar futures, LIBOR deposits and swap rates to derive forward curve rates;

• market implied volatility assumptions for each underlying index based primarily on a blend of observed market “implied volatility” data;

• correlations of historical returns across underlying well known market indices based on actual observed returns over the ten years preceding the valuation date; and

• three years of history for fund indexes compared to separate account fund regression.

On a daily basis, the Company updates capital market assumptions used in the GMWB liability model such as interest rates, equity indices and the blend of implied equity index volatilities. The Company monitors various aspects of policyholder behavior and may modify certain of its assumptions, including living benefit lapses and withdrawal rates, if credible emerging data indicates that changes are warranted. At a minimum, all policyholder behavior assumptions are reviewed and updated, as appropriate, in conjunction with the completion of the Company’s comprehensive study to refine its estimate of future gross profits during the third quarter of each year.

Credit Standing Adjustment

This assumption makes an adjustment that market participants would make, in determining fair value, to reflect the risk that guaranteed benefit obligations or the GMWB reinsurance recoverables will not be fulfilled (“nonperformance risk”). The Company incorporates a blend of observable Company and reinsurer credit default spreads from capital markets, adjusted for market recoverability. The credit standing adjustment assumption, net of reinsurance, resulted in pre-tax realized gains (losses) of $(49) and ($1), for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the credit standing adjustment was $31 and $80, respectively.

Margins

The behavior risk margin adds a margin that market participants would require, in determining fair value, for the risk that the Company’s assumptions about policyholder behavior could differ from actual experience. The behavior risk margin is calculated by taking the difference between adverse policyholder behavior assumptions and best estimate assumptions.

There were no policyholder behavior assumption updates for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the behavior risk margin was $355 and $419, respectively.

In addition to the non-market-based updates described above, the Company recognized non-market-based updates driven by the relative outperformance (underperformance) of the underlying actively managed funds as compared to their respective indices resulting in pre-tax realized gains (losses) of approximately $13 and $25, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

26

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of living benefits required to be fair valued and the U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivative are withdrawal utilization and withdrawal rates, lapse rates, reset elections and equity volatility. The following table provides quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs and is applicable to all of the Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued and the U.S. GMWB Reinsurance Derivative. Significant increases in any of the significant unobservable inputs, in isolation, will generally have an increase or decrease correlation with the fair value measurement, as shown in the table.

Significant Unobservable Input	Range of Values-Unobservable Inputs	Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value Measurement [1]
Withdrawal Utilization[2]	20% to 100%	Increase
Withdrawal Rates [2]	0% to 8%	Increase
Lapse Rates [3]	0% to 75%	Decrease
Reset Elections [4]	20% to 75%	Increase
Equity Volatility [5]	10% to 50%	Increase

[1] Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table.

[2] Ranges represent assumed cumulative percentages of policyholders taking withdrawals and the annual amounts withdrawn.

[3] Range represents assumed annual percentages of full surrender of the underlying variable annuity contracts across all policy durations for in force business.

[4] Range represents assumed cumulative percentages of policyholders that would elect to reset their guaranteed benefit base.

[5] Range represents implied market volatilities for equity indices based on multiple pricing sources.

Generally a change in withdrawal utilization assumptions would be accompanied by a directionally opposite change in lapse rate assumptions, as the behavior of policyholders that utilize GMWB or GMAB riders is typically different from policyholders that do not utilize these riders.

Separate Account Assets

Separate account assets are primarily invested in mutual funds. Other separate account assets include fixed maturities, limited partnerships, equity securities, short-term investments and derivatives that are valued in the same manner, and using the same pricing sources and inputs, as those investments held by the Company. Separate account assets classified as Level 3 primarily include limited partnerships in which fair value represents the separate account’s share of the fair value of the equity in the investment (“net asset value”) and are classified in level 3 based on the Company’s ability to redeem its investment.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The tables below provide fair value roll-forwards for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, for the financial instruments classified as Level 3.

Roll-forward of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) for the three months from January 1, 2012 to March 31, 2012.

	Fixed Maturities, AFS
Assets	ABS			CDOs			CMBS			Corporate			Foreign govt./govt. agencies			Municipal			RMBS			Total  Fixed Maturities, AFS			Fixed Maturities, FVO
Fair value as of January 1, 2012	$	361		$	368		$	588		$	2,255		$	49		$	437		$	1,063		$	5,121		$	495
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		—			2			(5	)		(3	)		—			—			7			1			27
Included in OCI [3]		9			63			23			10			—			(11	)		26			120			—
Purchases		—			—			12			134			7			212			80			445			—
Settlements		(35	)		(10	)		(32	)		(20	)		(1	)		—			(33	)		(131	)		—
Sales		(12	)		(3	)		—			(53	)		—			—			(34	)		(102	)		(14	)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]		—			483			450			202			—			—			—			1,135			—
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]		(24	)		—			(35	)		(531	)		—			(13	)		—			(603	)		—
Fair value as of March 31, 2012	$	299		$	903		$	1,001		$	1,994		$	55		$	625		$	1,109		$	5,986		$	508
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2012 [2] [7]	$	—		$	—		$	(5	)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(6	)	$	(11	)	$	18

27

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

				Freestanding Derivatives [5]
Assets (Liabilities)	Equity Securities, AFS			Credit			Equity			Interest Rate			U.S. GMWB Hedging			U.S. Macro Hedge Program			Intl. Program Hedging Instr.			Other Contracts			Total Free- Standing Derivatives [5]
Fair value as of January 1, 2012	$	93		$	(561	)	$	40		$	(58	)	$	883		$	357		$	35		$	28		$	724
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		3			92			(17	)		1			(312	)		(184	)		85			(1	)		(336	)
Included in OCI [3]		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Purchases		2			—			35			—			—			—			(53	)		—			(18	)
Settlements		—			(5	)		(19	)		—			—			—			40			—			16
Sales		(9	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3 [4]		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]		—			—			—			—			23			—			8			—			31
Fair value as of March 31, 2012	$	89		$	(474	)	$	39		$	(57	)	$	594		$	173		$	115		$	27		$	417
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2012 [2] [7]	$	—		$	80		$	(5	)	$	1		$	(312	)	$	(183	)	$	85		$	(1	)	$	(335	)

Assets	Reinsurance Recoverable for U.S. GMWB			Separate Accounts
Fair value as of January 1, 2012	$	443		$	1,031
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		(143	)		17
Included in OCI [3]		—			—
Purchases		—			215
Settlements		8			—
Sales		—			(342	)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]		—			439
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]		—			(14	)
Fair value as of March 31, 2012	$	308		$	1,346
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2012 [2] [7]	$	(143	)	$	6

	Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
Liabilities	U.S. Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits			International Guaranteed Living Benefits			International Other Living Benefits			Equity Linked Notes			Total Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable			Other Liabilities			Consumer Notes
Fair value as of January 1, 2012	$	(2,538	)	$	(66	)	$	(5	)	$	(9	)	$	(2,618	)	$	(9	)	$	(4	)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		896			30			5			(1	)		930			(12	)		—
Included in OCI [3]		—			1			—			—			1			—			—
Settlements		(41	)		(2	)		(1	)		—			(44	)		—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2012	$	(1,683	)	$	(37	)	$	(1	)	$	(10	)	$	(1,731	)	$	(21	)	$	(4	)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2012 [2] [7]	$	896		$	30		$	5		$	(1	)	$	930		$	(12	)	$	—

28

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Roll-forward of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) for the three months from January 1, 2011 to March 31, 2011.

	Fixed Maturities, AFS
Assets	ABS			CDOs			CMBS			Corporate			Foreign govt./govt. agencies			Municipal		RMBS			Total  Fixed Maturities, AFS			Fixed Maturities, FVO
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	477		$	2,581		$	689		$	2,129		$	56		$	272	$	1,285		$	7,489		$	522
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		(5	)		(15	)		(2	)		(22	)		—			—		(9	)		(53	)		58
Included in OCI [3]		20			113			113			(8	)		—			—		41			279			—
Purchases		—			—			—			17			2			—		—			19			—
Settlements		(11	)		(35	)		(10	)		(31	)		(1	)		—		(34	)		(122	)		(1	)
Sales		—			—			(122	)		(73	)		(2	)		—		(16	)		(213	)		—
Transfers into Level 3 [4]		49			30			73			195			11			4		—			362			—
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]		(84	)		—			—			(111	)		(3	)		—		(143	)		(341	)		—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	446		$	2,674		$	741		$	2,096		$	63		$	276	$	1,124		$	7,420		$	579
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [2] [7]	$	(5	)	$	(15	)	$	(1	)	$	(17	)	$	—		$	—	$	(3	)	$	(41	)	$	58

				Freestanding Derivatives [5]
Assets (Liabilities)	Equity Securities, AFS			Credit			Equity		Interest Rate			U.S. GMWB Hedging			U.S. Macro Hedge Program			Intl. Program Hedging Instr.			Other Contracts			Total Free- Standing Derivatives [5]
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	154		$	(390	)	$	4	$	(53	)	$	600		$	203		$	5		$	32		$	401
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		(10	)		11			1		(3	)		(119	)		(80	)		(3	)		(1	)		(194	)
Included in OCI [3]		(1	)		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Purchases		13			1			—		64			23			—			—			—			88
Settlements		—			(4	)		—		1			(16	)		—			—			—			(19	)
Sales		—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3 [4]		—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]		(76	)		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	80		$	(382	)	$	5	$	9		$	488		$	123		$	2		$	31		$	276
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [2] [7]	$	(10	)	$	11		$	1	$	(1	)	$	(113	)	$	(80	)	$	(2	)	$	(1	)	$	185

Assets	Reinsurance Recoverable for U.S. GMWB			Separate Accounts
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	280		$	1,247
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		(65	)		19
Included in OCI [3]		—			—
Purchases		—			128
Settlements		9			—
Sales		—			(147	)
Transfers into Level 3 [4]		—			8
Transfers out of Level 3 [4]		—			(48	)
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	224		$	1,207
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [2] [7]	$	(65	)	$	(3	)

29

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

	Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
Liabilities	U.S. Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefits			International Guaranteed Living Benefits			International Other Living Benefits			Equity Linked Notes			Total Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable			Other Liabilities			Consumer Notes
Fair value as of January 1, 2011	$	(1,611	)	$	(36	)	$	3		$	(9	)	$	(1,653	)	$	(37	)	$	(5	)
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
Included in net income [1], [2], [6]		348			15			1			(1	)		363			(14	)		—
Included in OCI [3]		—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Settlements		(38	)		(2	)		(1	)		—			(41	)		—			—
Fair value as of March 31, 2011	$	(1,301	)	$	(23	)	$	3		$	(10	)	$	(1,331	)	$	(51	)	$	(5	)
Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in net income related to financial instruments still held at March 31, 2011 [2] [7]	$	348		$	15		$	1		$	(1	)	$	363		$	(14	)	$	—

[1] The Company classifies gains and losses on GMWB reinsurance derivatives and Guaranteed Living Benefit embedded derivatives as unrealized gains (losses) for purposes of disclosure in this table because it is impracticable to track on a contract-by-contract basis the realized gains (losses) for these derivatives and embedded derivatives.

[2] All amounts in these rows are reported in net realized capital gains/losses. The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which results in a net zero impact on net income for the Company. All amounts are before income taxes and amortization DAC.

[3] All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.

[4] Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs.

[5] Derivative instruments are reported in this table on a net basis for asset/(liability) positions and reported in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet in other investments and other liabilities.

[6] Includes both market and non-market impacts in deriving realized and unrealized gains (losses).

[7] Amounts presented are for Level 3 only and therefore may not agree to other disclosures included herein.

Fair Value Option

The Company holds fair value option investments that contain an embedded credit derivative with underlying credit risk primarily related to corporate bonds and commercial real estate. Also included are foreign government securities that align with the accounting for yen-based fixed annuity liabilities, which are adjusted for changes in spot rates through realized gains and losses. Similar to other fixed maturities, income earned from these securities is recorded in net investment income. Changes in the fair value of these securities are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses.

The Company previously elected the fair value option for one of its consolidated VIEs in order to apply a consistent accounting model for the VIE’s assets and liabilities. The VIE is an investment vehicle that holds high quality investments, derivative instruments that reference third-party corporate credit and issues notes to investors that reflect the credit characteristics of the high quality investments and derivative instruments. The risks and rewards associated with the assets of the VIE inure to the investors. The investors have no recourse against the Company. As a result, there has been no adjustment to the market value of the notes for the Company’s own credit risk.

The following table presents the changes in fair value of those assets and liabilities accounted for using the fair value option reported in net realized capital gains and losses in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
Assets
Fixed maturities, FVO
Corporate	$	1		$	12
CRE CDOs		19			46
Foreign government		(49	)		(6	)
Other liabilities
Credit-linked notes		(12	)		(14	)
Total realized capital gains (losses)	$	(41	)	$	38

30

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

The following table presents the fair value of assets and liabilities accounted for using the fair value option included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

	As of
	March 31, 2012		December 31, 2011
Assets
Fixed maturities, FVO
ABS	$	65	$	65
CRE CDOs		240		225
Corporate		270		272
Foreign government		716		766
Total fixed maturities, FVO	$	1,291	$	1,328
Other liabilities
Credit-linked notes [1]	$	21	$	9

[1] As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the outstanding principal balance of the notes was $243.

Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

The following table presents carrying amounts and fair values of The Hartford’s financial instruments not carried at fair value and not included in the above fair value discussion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

	March 31, 2012					December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Hierarchy Level	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
Assets
Policy loans	Level 3	$	1,970	$	2,136	$	2,001	$	2,153
Mortgage loans	Level 3		6,275		6,524		5,728		5,977
Liabilities
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable [1]	Level 3	$	9,888	$	10,725	$	10,343	$	11,238
Senior notes [2]	Level 2		4,481		4,817		4,481		4,623
Junior subordinated debentures [2]	Level 2		500		534		500		498
Private placement junior subordinated debentures [2]	Level 3		1,239		2,125		1,235		1,932
Consumer notes [3]	Level 3		306		313		310		305

[1] Excludes guarantees on variable annuities, group accident and health and universal life insurance contracts, including corporate owned life insurance.

[2] Included in long-term debt in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, except for current maturities, which are included in short-term debt.

[3] Excludes amounts carried at fair value and included in disclosures above.

The Company has not made any changes in its valuation methodologies for the following assets and liabilities since December 31, 2011.

• Fair value for policy loans and consumer notes were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current interest rates adjusted for estimated loan durations.

• Fair values for mortgage loans were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on current lending rates for similar type loans. Current lending rates reflect changes in credit spreads and the remaining terms of the loans.

• Fair values for other policyholder funds and benefits payable, not carried at fair value, are estimated based on the cash surrender values of the underlying policies or by estimating future cash flows discounted at current interest rates adjusted for credit risk.

• Fair values for senior notes and junior subordinated debentures are determined using the market approach based on reported trades, benchmark interest rates and issuer spread for the Company which may consider credit default swaps.

• Fair values for private placement junior subordinated debentures are based primarily on market quotations from independent third party brokers, except as of March 31, 2012 which is based on the negotiated repurchase price.

31

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments

Significant Investment Accounting Policies

Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The Company deems debt securities and certain equity securities with debt-like characteristics (collectively “debt securities”) to be other-than-temporarily impaired (“impaired”) if a security meets the following conditions: a) the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, or b) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, a charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security. For those impaired debt securities which do not meet the first condition and for which the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the fair value is separated into the portion representing a credit other-than-temporary impairment (“impairment”), which is recorded in net realized capital losses, and the remaining impairment, which is recorded in OCI. Generally, the Company determines a security’s credit impairment as the difference between its amortized cost basis and its best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment. The remaining non-credit impairment, which is recorded in OCI, is the difference between the security’s fair value and the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to the impairment, which typically represents current market liquidity and risk premiums. The previous amortized cost basis less the impairment recognized in net realized capital losses becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company accretes the new cost basis to the estimated future cash flows over the expected remaining life of the security by prospectively adjusting the security’s yield, if necessary. The following table presents the change in non-credit impairments recognized in OCI as disclosed in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
OTTI losses recognized in OCI	$	(7	)	$	(64	)
Changes in fair value and/or sales		10			64
Tax and deferred acquisition costs		(11	)		5
Change in non-credit impairments recognized in OCI	$	(8	)	$	5

The Company’s evaluation of whether a credit impairment exists for debt securities includes but is not limited to, the following factors: (a) changes in the financial condition of the security’s underlying collateral, (b) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (c) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (d) the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security and (e) the payment structure of the security. The Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows used to determine the credit loss amount is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third-party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the security. The Company’s best estimate of future cash flows involves assumptions including, but not limited to, various performance indicators, such as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings, current and projected delinquency rates, and loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios. In addition, for structured securities, the Company considers factors including, but not limited to, average cumulative collateral loss rates that vary by vintage year, commercial and residential property value declines that vary by property type and location and commercial real estate delinquency levels. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability of issuer default and estimates regarding timing and amount of expected recoveries which may include estimating the underlying collateral value. In addition, projections of expected future debt security cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the issuer and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlying property value estimates.

For equity securities where the decline in the fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, a charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and cost basis of the security. The previous cost basis less the impairment becomes the security’s new cost basis. The Company asserts its intent and ability to retain those equity securities deemed to be temporarily impaired until the price recovers. Once identified, these securities are systematically restricted from trading unless approved by a committee of investment and accounting professionals (“Committee”). The Committee will only authorize the sale of these securities based on predefined criteria that relate to events that could not have been reasonably foreseen. Examples of the criteria include, but are not limited to, the deterioration in the issuer’s financial condition, security price declines, a change in regulatory requirements or a major business combination or major disposition.

The primary factors considered in evaluating whether an impairment exists for an equity security include, but are not limited to: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the cost of the security, (b) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the issuer is current on preferred stock dividends and (d) the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.

32

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances

The Company’s security monitoring process reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to identify potential credit losses. Commercial mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when management estimates that, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Criteria used to determine if an impairment exists include, but are not limited to: current and projected macroeconomic factors, such as unemployment rates, and property-specific factors such as rental rates, occupancy levels, LTV ratios and debt service coverage ratios (“DSCR”). In addition, the Company considers historic, current and projected delinquency rates and property values. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability and timing of borrower default and loss severity estimates. In addition, projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the borrower and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlying property value estimates.

For mortgage loans that are deemed impaired, a valuation allowance is established for the difference between the carrying amount and the Company’s share of either (a) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, (b) the loan’s observable market price or, most frequently, (c) the fair value of the collateral. A valuation allowance has been established for either individual loans or as a projected loss contingency for loans with an LTV ratio of 90% or greater and consideration of other credit quality factors, including DSCR. Changes in valuation allowances are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. Interest income on impaired loans is accrued to the extent it is deemed collectible and the loans continue to perform under the original or restructured terms. Interest income ceases to accrue for loans when it is probable that the Company will not receive interest and principal payments according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, or if a loan is more than 60 days past due. Loans may resume accrual status when it is determined that sufficient collateral exists to satisfy the full amount of the loan and interest payments, as well as when it is probable cash will be received in the foreseeable future. Interest income on defaulted loans is recognized when received.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before-tax)	2012			2011
Gross gains on sales	$	259		$	61
Gross losses on sales		(97	)		(133	)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(29	)		(55	)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans		1			(3	)
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net [1]		(20	)		(17	)
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan		(5	)		(7	)
Results of variable annuity hedge program
U.S. GMWB derivatives, net		185			56
U.S. macro hedge program		(189	)		(84	)
Total U.S. program		(4	)		(28	)
International program		(1,219	)		(319	)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program		(1,223	)		(347	)
Other, net [2]		204			98
Net realized capital gains (losses), before-tax	$	(910	)	$	(403	)

[1] Relates to the Japanese fixed annuity product (adjustment of product liability for changes in spot currency exchange rates, related derivative hedging instruments, excluding net period coupon settlements, and Japan FVO securities).

[2] Primarily consists of gains and losses on non-qualifying derivatives and fixed maturities, FVO, Japan 3Win related foreign currency swaps, and other investment gains and losses.

Net realized capital gains and losses from investment sales, after deducting the life and pension policyholders’ share for certain products, are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Gross gains and losses on sales and impairments previously reported as unrealized gains (losses) in AOCI were $133 and ($127), respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. Proceeds from sales of AFS securities totaled $12.7 billion and $7.5 billion, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

33

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses

The following table presents a roll-forward of the Company’s cumulative credit impairments on debt securities held.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before-tax)	2012			2011
Balance as of beginning of period	$	(1,676	)	$	(2,072	)
Additions for credit impairments recognized on [1]:
Securities not previously impaired		(12	)		(28	)
Securities previously impaired		(5	)		(17	)
Reductions for credit impairments previously recognized on:
Securities that matured or were sold during the period		160			109
Securities due to an increase in expected cash flows		3			5
Balance as of end of period	$	(1,530	)	$	(2,003	)

[1] These additions are included in the net OTTI losses recognized in earnings in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Available-for-Sale Securities

The following table presents the Company’s AFS securities by type.

	March 31, 2012												December 31, 2011
	Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Non-Credit OTTI [1]			Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Non-Credit OTTI [1]
ABS	$	3,346	$	47	$	(306	)	$	3,087	$	(6	)	$	3,430	$	55	$	(332	)	$	3,153	$	(7	)
CDOs [2]		3,351		40		(305	)		3,043		(43	)		2,819		16		(348	)		2,487		(44	)
CMBS		6,847		305		(378	)		6,774		(25	)		7,192		271		(512	)		6,951		(31	)
Corporate [2]		40,383		3,508		(562	)		43,329		(2	)		41,161		3,661		(739	)		44,011		—
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		3,248		128		(24	)		3,352		—			2,030		141		(10	)		2,161		—
Municipal		12,991		914		(67	)		13,838		—			12,557		775		(72	)		13,260		—
RMBS		6,778		240		(423	)		6,595		(108	)		5,961		252		(456	)		5,757		(105	)
U.S. Treasuries		3,077		83		(21	)		3,139		—			3,828		203		(2	)		4,029		—
Total fixed maturities, AFS		80,021		5,265		(2,086	)		83,157		(184	)		78,978		5,374		(2,471	)		81,809		(187	)
Equity securities, AFS		1,001		69		(132	)		938		—			1,056		68		(203	)		921		—
Total AFS securities	$	81,022	$	5,334	$	(2,218	)	$	84,095	$	(184	)	$	80,034	$	5,442	$	(2,674	)	$	82,730	$	(187	)

[1] Represents the amount of cumulative non-credit OTTI losses recognized in OCI on securities that also had credit impairments. These losses are included in gross unrealized losses as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

[2] Gross unrealized gains (losses) exclude the change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by contractual maturity year.

	March 31, 2012
Contractual Maturity	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
One year or less	$	2,127	$	2,146
Over one year through five years		15,678		16,520
Over five years through ten years		14,566		15,712
Over ten years		27,328		29,280
Subtotal		59,699		63,658
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities		20,322		19,499
Total fixed maturities, AFS	$	80,021	$	83,157

Estimated maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to security call or prepayment provisions. Due to the potential for variability in payment speeds (i.e. prepayments or extensions), mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are not categorized by contractual maturity.

34

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Securities Unrealized Loss Aging

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities by type and length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.

	March 31, 2012
	Less Than 12 Months							12 Months or More							Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
ABS	$	192	$	159	$	(33	)	$	1,098	$	825	$	(273	)	$	1,290	$	984	$	(306	)
CDOs [1]		62		42		(20	)		3,187		2,860		(285	)		3,249		2,902		(305	)
CMBS		852		803		(49	)		1,955		1,626		(329	)		2,807		2,429		(378	)
Corporate		4,076		3,941		(135	)		2,543		2,116		(427	)		6,619		6,057		(562	)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		647		627		(20	)		29		25		(4	)		676		652		(24	)
Municipal		823		799		(24	)		425		382		(43	)		1,248		1,181		(67	)
RMBS		1,246		1,166		(80	)		1,171		828		(343	)		2,417		1,994		(423	)
U.S. Treasuries		1,011		990		(21	)		—		—		—			1,011		990		(21	)
Total fixed maturities		8,909		8,527		(382	)		10,408		8,662		(1,704	)		19,317		17,189		(2,086	)
Equity securities		206		181		(25	)		400		293		(107	)		606		474		(132	)
Total securities in an unrealized loss	$	9,115	$	8,708	$	(407	)	$	10,808	$	8,955	$	(1,811	)	$	19,923	$	17,663	$	(2,218	)

	December 31, 2011
	Less Than 12 Months							12 Months or More							Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
ABS	$	629	$	594	$	(35	)	$	1,169	$	872	$	(297	)	$	1,798	$	1,466	$	(332	)
CDOs		81		59		(22	)		2,709		2,383		(326	)		2,790		2,442		(348	)
CMBS		1,297		1,194		(103	)		2,144		1,735		(409	)		3,441		2,929		(512	)
Corporate [1]		4,388		4,219		(169	)		3,268		2,627		(570	)		7,656		6,846		(739	)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		218		212		(6	)		51		47		(4	)		269		259		(10	)
Municipal		299		294		(5	)		627		560		(67	)		926		854		(72	)
RMBS		415		330		(85	)		1,206		835		(371	)		1,621		1,165		(456	)
U.S. Treasuries		343		341		(2	)		—		—		—			343		341		(2	)
Total fixed maturities		7,670		7,243		(427	)		11,174		9,059		(2,044	)		18,844		16,302		(2,471	)
Equity securities		167		138		(29	)		439		265		(174	)		606		403		(203	)
Total securities in an unrealized loss	$	7,837	$	7,381	$	(456	)	$	11,613	$	9,324	$	(2,218	)	$	19,450	$	16,705	$	(2,674	)

[1] Unrealized losses exclude the change in fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Changes in fair value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

As of March 31, 2012, AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, comprised of 2,458 securities, primarily related to corporate securities within the financial services sector, commercial real estate and RMBS which have experienced price deterioration. As of March 31, 2012, 78% of these securities were depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The decline in unrealized losses during 2012 was primarily attributable to credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates.

Most of the securities depressed for twelve months or more relate to structured securities with exposure to commercial and residential real estate, as well as certain floating rate corporate securities or those securities with greater than 10 years to maturity, concentrated in the financial services sector. Current market spreads continue to be significantly wider for structured securities with exposure to commercial and residential real estate, as compared to spreads at the security’s respective purchase date, largely due to the economic and market uncertainties regarding future performance of commercial and residential real estate. The majority of securities have a floating-rate coupon referenced to a market index where rates have declined substantially. In addition, equity securities include investment grade perpetual preferred securities that contain “debt-like” characteristics where the decline in fair value is not attributable to issuer-specific credit deterioration, none of which have nor are expected to miss a periodic dividend payment. These securities have been depressed due to the securities’ floating-rate coupon in the current low interest rate environment, general market credit spread widening since the date of purchase and the long-dated nature of the securities. The Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell the securities outlined above.

35

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Mortgage Loans

	March 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost [1]		Valuation Allowance			Carrying Value		Amortized Cost [1]		Valuation Allowance			Carrying Value
Commercial	$	6,363	$	(88	)	$	6,275	$	5,830	$	(102	)	$	5,728
Total mortgage loans	$	6,363	$	(88	)	$	6,275	$	5,830	$	(102	)	$	5,728

[1] Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.

As of March 31, 2012, the carrying value of mortgage loans associated with the valuation allowance was $548. Included in the table above are mortgage loans held-for-sale with a carrying value and valuation allowance of $57 and $4, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and $74 and $4, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. The carrying value of these loans is included in mortgage loans in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of March 31, 2012, loans within the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio that have had extensions or restructurings other than what is allowable under the original terms of the contract are immaterial.

The following table presents the activity within the Company’s valuation allowance for mortgage loans. These loans have been evaluated both individually and collectively for impairment. Loans evaluated collectively for impairment are immaterial.

	2012			2011
Balance as of January 1	$	(102	)	$	(155	)
(Additions)/Reversals		1			(3	)
Deductions		13			5
Balance as of March 31	$	(88	)	$	(153	)

The current weighted-average LTV ratio of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 65% as of March 31, 2012, while the weighted-average LTV ratio at origination of these loans was 62%. LTV ratios compare the loan amount to the value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. The loan values are updated no less than annually through property level reviews of the portfolio. Factors considered in the property valuation include, but are not limited to, actual and expected property cash flows, geographic market data and capitalization rates. DSCRs compare a property’s net operating income to the borrower’s principal and interest payments. The current weighted average DSCR of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 1.95x as of March 31, 2012. The Company held only two delinquent commercial mortgage loans past due by 90 days or more. The total carrying value and valuation allowance of these loans totaled $3 and $51, respectively, as of March 31, 2012, and are not accruing income.

The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s commercial mortgage loans by LTV and DSCR.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Credit Quality
	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Loan-to-value	Carrying Value		Avg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio		Carrying Value		Avg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio
Greater than 80%	$	636		1.34x	$	707		1.45x
65% - 80%		2,782		1.61x		2,384		1.60x
Less than 65%		2,857		2.44x		2,637		2.40x
Total commercial mortgage loans	$	6,275		1.95x	$	5,728		1.94x

36

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

The following tables present the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage loans by region and property type.

Mortgage Loans by Region
	March 31, 2012					December 31, 2011
	Carrying Value		Percent of Total			Carrying Value		Percent of Total
East North Central	$	89		1.4	%	$	94		1.6	%
Middle Atlantic		501		8.0	%		508		8.9	%
Mountain		125		2.0	%		125		2.2	%
New England		337		5.4	%		294		5.1	%
Pacific		1,850		29.5	%		1,690		29.5	%
South Atlantic		1,443		23.0	%		1,149		20.1	%
West North Central		16		0.3	%		30		0.5	%
West South Central		395		6.3	%		224		3.9	%
Other [1]		1,519		24.1	%		1,614		28.2	%
Total mortgage loans	$	6,275		100.0	%	$	5,728		100.0	%

[1] Primarily represents loans collateralized by multiple properties in various regions.

Mortgage Loans by Property Type
	March 31, 2012					December 31, 2011
	Carrying Value		Percent of Total			Carrying Value		Percent of Total
Commercial
Agricultural	$	198		3.2	%	$	249		4.3	%
Industrial		1,847		29.4	%		1,747		30.5	%
Lodging		92		1.5	%		93		1.6	%
Multifamily		1,208		19.3	%		1,070		18.7	%
Office		1,307		20.8	%		1,078		18.8	%
Retail		1,369		21.8	%		1,234		21.5	%
Other		254		4.0	%		257		4.6	%
Total mortgage loans	$	6,275		100.0	%	$	5,728		100.0	%

Variable Interest Entities

The Company is involved with various special purpose entities and other entities that are deemed to be VIEs primarily as a collateral manager and as an investor through normal investment activities, as well as a means of accessing capital. A VIE is an entity that either has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities.

The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates the VIE in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

37

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Consolidated VIEs

The following table presents the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and the maximum exposure to loss relating to the VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Creditors have no recourse against the Company in the event of default by these VIEs nor does the Company have any implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs. The Company’s financial or other support provided to these VIEs is limited to its investment management services and original investment.

	March 31, 2012						December 31, 2011
	Total Assets		Total Liabilities  [1]		Maximum Exposure to Loss [2]		Total Assets		Total Liabilities  [1]		Maximum Exposure to Loss [2]
CDOs [3]	$	484	$	460	$	21	$	491	$	471	$	29
Investment fund [4]		100		—		101		—		—		—
Limited partnerships		7		1		6		7		—		7
Total	$	591	$	461	$	128	$	498	$	471	$	36

[1] Included in other liabilities in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

[2] The maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss amount that the Company could recognize as a reduction in net investment income or as a realized capital loss and is the cost basis of the Company’s investment.

[3] Total assets included in fixed maturities, AFS, and fixed maturities, FVO, in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

[4] Total assets included in fixed maturities, AFS, and short-term investments in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

CDOs represent structured investment vehicles for which the Company has a controlling financial interest as it provides collateral management services, earns a fee for those services and also holds investments in the securities issued by these vehicles. Investment fund represents a wholly-owned fixed income fund established in 2012 for which the Company has exclusive management and control including management of investment securities which is the activity that most significantly impacts its economic performance. Limited partnerships represent one hedge fund for which the Company holds a majority interest in the fund as an investment.

Non-Consolidated VIEs

The Company holds a significant variable interest for one VIE for which it is not the primary beneficiary and, therefore, was not consolidated on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. This VIE represents a contingent capital facility (“facility”) that has been held by the Company since February 2007 for which the Company has no implied or unfunded commitments. Assets and liabilities recorded for the facility were $27 and $25, respectively as of March 31, 2012 and $28 and $28, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. Additionally, the Company has a maximum exposure to loss of $3 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, which represents the issuance costs that were incurred to establish the facility. The Company does not have a controlling financial interest as it does not manage the assets of the facility nor does it have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the facility, as the asset manager has significant variable interest in the vehicle. The Company’s financial or other support provided to the facility is limited to providing ongoing support to cover the facility’s operating expenses. For further information on the facility, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

In addition, the Company, through normal investment activities, makes passive investments in structured securities issued by VIEs for which the Company is not the manager which are included in ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS in the Available-for-Sale Securities table and fixed maturities, FVO, in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has not provided financial or other support with respect to these investments other than its original investment. For these investments, the Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary due to the relative size of the Company’s investment in comparison to the principal amount of the structured securities issued by the VIEs, the level of credit subordination which reduces the Company’s obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits and the Company’s inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these investments is limited to the amount of the Company’s investment.

Dollar Roll Agreements

The Company entered into a dollar roll agreement during the three months ended March 31, 2012. A dollar roll is a type of repurchase agreement where a mortgage backed security is sold with an agreement to repurchase substantially the same security at specified time in the future. The Company accounts for the dollar roll transactions as collateralized borrowings and, accordingly, retains the mortgage-backed securities within fixed maturities. Transaction proceeds were invested in short-term investments with the obligation to repurchase the mortgage-backed securities recorded in Other Liabilities. The Company did not reinvest the cash collateral associated with the dollar roll agreement as of March 31, 2012. Securities sold under agreement to repurchase were $346 as of March 31, 2012.

38

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy, as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that would otherwise be permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. The Company also purchases and issues financial instruments and products that either are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, such as certain reinsurance contracts, or may contain features that are deemed to be embedded derivative instruments, such as the GMWB rider included with certain variable annuity products.

Cash flow hedges

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps are primarily used to convert interest receipts on floating-rate fixed maturity securities. These derivatives are predominantly used to better match cash receipts from assets with cash disbursements required to fund liabilities. The Company also enters into forward starting swap agreements to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the purchase of fixed-rate securities. These derivatives are primarily structured to hedge interest rate risk inherent in the assumptions used to price certain liabilities.

Foreign currency swaps

Foreign currency swaps are used to convert foreign currency-denominated cash flows related to certain investment receipts and liability payments to U.S. dollars in order to reduce cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates.

Fair value hedges

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain fixed rate liabilities and fixed maturity securities due to fluctuations in interest rates.

Foreign currency swaps

Foreign currency swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain foreign currency-denominated fixed rate liabilities due to changes in foreign currency rates by swapping the fixed foreign payments to floating rate U.S. dollar denominated payments.

Non-qualifying strategies

Interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, and futures

The Company uses interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, and futures to manage duration between assets and liabilities in certain investment portfolios. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to terminate existing swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of interest rate swaps in offsetting relationships was $7.8 billion.

Foreign currency swaps and forwards

The Company enters into foreign currency swaps and forwards to convert the foreign currency exposures of certain foreign currency-denominated fixed maturity investments to U.S. dollars.

Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps

Prior to the second quarter of 2009, The Company offered certain variable annuity products with a guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) rider through a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary. The GMIB rider is reinsured to a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, which invests in U.S. dollar denominated assets to support the liability. The U.S. subsidiary entered into pay U.S. dollar, receive yen swap contracts to hedge the currency and interest rate exposure between the U.S. dollar denominated assets and the yen denominated fixed liability reinsurance payments.

Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments

Prior to the second quarter of 2009, The Company offered a yen denominated fixed annuity product through a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary and reinsured to a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary. The U.S. subsidiary invests in U.S. dollar denominated securities to support the yen denominated fixed liability payments and entered into currency rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency exchange rate and yen interest rate exposures that exist as a result of U.S. dollar assets backing the yen denominated liability.

39

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection

Credit default swaps are used to purchase credit protection on an individual entity or referenced index to economically hedge against default risk and credit-related changes in value on fixed maturity securities. These contracts require the Company to pay a periodic fee in exchange for compensation from the counterparty should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract.

Credit derivatives that assume credit risk

Credit default swaps are used to assume credit risk related to an individual entity, referenced index, or asset pool, as a part of replication transactions. These contracts entitle the Company to receive a periodic fee in exchange for an obligation to compensate the derivative counterparty should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract. The Company is also exposed to credit risk due to credit derivatives embedded within certain fixed maturity securities. These securities are primarily comprised of structured securities that contain credit derivatives that reference a standard index of corporate securities.

Credit derivatives in offsetting positions

The Company enters into credit default swaps to terminate existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward.

Equity index swaps and options

The Company offers certain equity indexed products, which may contain an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation. The Company enters into S&P index swaps and options to economically hedge the equity volatility risk associated with these embedded derivatives. In addition, during the third quarter of 2011, the Company entered into equity index options and futures with the purpose of hedging the impact of an adverse equity market environment on the investment portfolio.

U.S GMWB product derivatives

The Company currently offers certain variable annuity products with a GMWB rider in the U.S. The GMWB is a bifurcated embedded derivative that provides the policyholder with a guaranteed remaining balance (“GRB”) if the account value is reduced to zero through a combination of market declines and withdrawals. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. Certain contract provisions can increase the GRB at contractholder election or after the passage of time. The notional value of the embedded derivative is the GRB.

U.S. GMWB reinsurance contracts

The Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to offset a portion of its risk exposure to the GMWB for the remaining lives of covered variable annuity contracts. Reinsurance contracts covering GMWB are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. The notional amount of the reinsurance contracts is the GRB amount.

U.S. GMWB hedging instruments

The Company enters into derivative contracts to partially hedge exposure associated with a portion of the GMWB liabilities that are not reinsured. These derivative contracts include customized swaps, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, options, and futures, on certain indices including the S&P 500 index, EAFE index, and NASDAQ index.

The following table represents notional and fair value for U.S. GMWB hedging instruments.

	Notional Amount				Fair Value
	March 31,  2012		December 31, 2011		March 31,  2012			December 31, 2011
Customized swaps	$	8,760	$	8,389	$	239		$	385
Equity swaps, options, and futures		5,695		5,320		329			498
Interest rate swaps and futures		4,834		2,697		(43	)		11
Total	$	19,289	$	16,406	$	525		$	894

40

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

U.S. macro hedge program

The Company utilizes equity options and futures contracts to partially hedge against a decline in the equity markets and the resulting statutory surplus and capital impact primarily arising from guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”), GMIB and GMWB obligations.

The following table represents notional and fair value for the U.S. macro hedge program.

	Notional Amount				Fair Value
	March 31,  2012		December 31, 2011		March 31,  2012		December 31, 2011
Equity futures	$	—	$	59	$	—	$	—
Equity options		5,458		6,760		173		357
Total	$	5,458	$	6,819	$	173	$	357

International program product derivatives

The Company formerly offered certain variable annuity products with GMWB or GMAB riders in the U.K. and Japan. The GMWB and GMAB are bifurcated embedded derivatives. The GMWB provides the policyholder with a GRB if the account value is reduced to zero through a combination of market declines and withdrawals. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. Certain contract provisions can increase the GRB at contractholder election or after the passage of time. The GMAB provides the policyholder with their initial deposit in a lump sum after a specified waiting period. The notional amount of the embedded derivatives are the foreign currency denominated GRBs converted to U.S. dollars at the current foreign spot exchange rate as of the reporting period date.

International program hedging instruments

The Company utilizes equity futures, options and swaps, and currency forwards and options to partially hedge against a decline in the debt and equity markets or changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the resulting statutory surplus and capital impact primarily arising from GMDB, GMIB and GMWB obligations issued in the U.K. and Japan. The Company also enters into foreign currency denominated interest rate swaps and swaptions to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the potential annuitization of certain benefit obligations.

The following table represents notional and fair value for the international program hedging instruments.

	Notional Amount				Fair Value
	March 31,  2012		December 31, 2011		March 31,  2012			December 31, 2011
Currency forwards [1]	$	12,713	$	8,622	$	(105	)	$	446
Currency options		10,135		7,357		83			127
Equity futures		2,784		3,835		—			—
Equity options		2,872		1,565		142			74
Equity swaps		1,287		392		4			(8	)
Interest rate futures		531		739		—			—
Interest rate swaps and swaptions		14,893		11,216		77			111
Total	$	45,215	$	33,726	$	201		$	750

[1] As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 net notional amounts are $4.7 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively, which include $8.7 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively, related to long positions and $4.0 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively, related to short positions.

Contingent capital facility put option

The Company entered into a put option agreement that provides the Company the right to require a third-party trust to purchase, at any time, The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500. Under the put option agreement, The Hartford will pay premiums on a periodic basis and will reimburse the trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses.

41

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Derivative Balance Sheet Classification

The table below summarizes the balance sheet classification of the Company’s derivative related fair value amounts, as well as the gross asset and liability fair value amounts. For reporting purposes, the Company offsets the fair value amounts, income accruals, and cash collateral held related to derivative instruments executed in a legal entity and with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement, which provides the Company with the legal right of offset. The fair value amounts presented below do not include income accruals or cash collateral held amounts, which are netted with derivative fair value amounts to determine balance sheet presentation. Derivative fair value reported as liabilities after taking into account the master netting agreements, is $2.5 billion and $3.2 billion as of March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Derivatives in the Company’s separate accounts are not included because the associated gains and losses accrue directly to policyholders. The Company’s derivative instruments are held for risk management purposes, unless otherwise noted in the table below. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and is presented in the table to quantify the volume of the Company’s derivative activity. Notional amounts are not necessarily reflective of credit risk.

	Net Derivatives										Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
	Notional Amount				Fair Value						Fair Value				Fair Value
Hedge Designation/ Derivative Type	Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Mar. 31, 2012			Dec. 31, 2011			Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Mar. 31, 2012			Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps	$	8,646	$	8,652	$	180		$	329		$	204	$	329	$	(24	)	$	—
Foreign currency swaps		285		291		2			6			26		30		(24	)		(24	)
Total cash flow hedges		8,931		8,943		182			335			230		359		(48	)		(24	)
Fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps		1,226		1,007		(65	)		(78	)		2		—		(67	)		(78	)
Foreign currency swaps		185		677		71			(39	)		71		63		—			(102	)
Total fair value hedges		1,411		1,684		6			(117	)		73		63		(67	)		(180	)
Non-qualifying strategies
Interest rate contracts
Interest rate swaps, caps, floors, and futures		9,614		10,144		(562	)		(583	)		393		531		(955	)		(1,114	)
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign currency swaps and forwards		393		380		(16	)		(12	)		5		6		(21	)		(18	)
Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps		2,054		2,054		3			184			15		184		(12	)		—
Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments		1,933		1,945		364			514			371		540		(7	)		(26	)
Credit contracts
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection		1,368		1,721		3			36			27		56		(24	)		(20	)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk [1]		3,001		2,952		(511	)		(648	)		7		2		(518	)		(650	)
Credit derivatives in offsetting positions		8,645		8,189		(51	)		(57	)		122		164		(173	)		(221	)
Equity contracts
Equity index swaps and options		550		1,501		24			27			39		40		(15	)		(13	)
Variable annuity hedge program
U.S. GMWB product derivatives [2]		33,227		34,569		(1,683	)		(2,538	)		—		—		(1,683	)		(2,538	)
U.S. GMWB reinsurance contracts		6,872		7,193		308			443			308		443		—			—
U.S. GMWB hedging instruments		19,289		16,406		525			894			670		1,022		(145	)		(128	)
U.S. macro hedge program		5,458		6,819		173			357			173		357		—			—
International program product derivatives [2]		2,694		2,710		(38	)		(71	)		—		—		(38	)		(71	)
International program hedging instruments		45,215		33,726		201			750			642		887		(441	)		(137	)
Other
Contingent capital facility put option		500		500		27			28			27		28		—			—
Total non-qualifying strategies		140,813		130,809		(1,233	)		(676	)		2,799		4,260		(4,032	)		(4,936	)
Total cash flow hedges, fair value hedges, and non-qualifying strategies	$	151,155	$	141,436	$	(1,045	)	$	(458	)	$	3,102	$	4,682	$	(4,147	)	$	(5,140	)
Balance Sheet Location
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale	$	703	$	703	$	(43	)	$	(72	)	$	—	$	—	$	(43	)	$	(72	)
Other investments		50,201		60,227		1,193			2,331			1,748		3,165		(555	)		(834	)
Other liabilities		57,368		35,944		(768	)		(538	)		1,046		1,074		(1,814	)		(1,612	)
Consumer notes		35		35		(4	)		(4	)		—		—		(4	)		(4	)
Reinsurance recoverables		6,872		7,193		308			443			308		443		—			—
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable		35,976		37,334		(1,731	)		(2,618	)		—		—		(1,731	)		(2,618	)
Total derivatives	$	151,155	$	141,436	$	(1,045	)	$	(458	)	$	3,102	$	4,682	$	(4,147	)	$	(5,140	)

[1] The derivative instruments related to this strategy are held for other investment purposes.

[2] These derivatives are embedded within liabilities and are not held for risk management purposes.

42

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Change in Notional Amount

The net increase in notional amount of derivatives since December 31, 2011, was primarily due to the following:

• The net notional amount related to the international program hedging instruments as of March 31, 2012, was $37.2 billion and consisted of $41.2 billion of long positions and $4.0 billion offsetting short positions. The net notional amount as of December 31, 2011, was $32.3 billion and consisted of $33.0 billion of long positions and $0.7 billion offsetting short positions. The increase in net notional of $4.9 billion primarily resulted from an increase in foreign currency denominated interest rate swaps and swaptions.

• The U.S. macro hedge program notional decreased $1.4 billion primarily due to the expiration of certain out of the money options in January of 2012.

Change in Fair Value

The net decrease in the total fair value of derivative instruments since December 31, 2011, was primarily related to the following:

• The fair value related to the international program hedging instruments decreased as a result of depreciation of the yen in relation to the euro and the U.S. dollar, and an increase in global and domestic equity markets.

• The increase in the combined GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily a result of an improvement in equity markets, lower equity volatility, favorable policyholder behavior, and a general increase in long-term interest rates.

• The fair value related to the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments and Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps decreased primarily due to the U.S. dollar strengthening in comparison to the Japanese yen and strengthening of the currency basis swap spread between U.S. dollar and Japanese yen.

Cash Flow Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in current period earnings. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The following table presents the components of the gain or loss on derivatives that qualify as cash flow hedges:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships For The Three Months Ended March 31,

	Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion)						Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion)
	2012			2011			2012		2011
Interest rate swaps	$	(33	)	$	(66	)	$	—	$	(2	)
Foreign currency swaps		(5	)		—			—		—
Total	$	(38	)	$	(66	)	$	—	$	(2	)

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships For The Three Months Ended March 31,
	Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)
	Location	2012		2011
Interest rate swaps	Net realized capital gain/(loss)	$	5	$	2
Interest rate swaps	Net investment income		36		32
Foreign currency swaps	Net realized capital gain/(loss)		3		5
Total		$	44	$	39

As of March 31, 2012, the before-tax deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months are $120. This expectation is based on the anticipated interest payments on hedged investments in fixed maturity securities that will occur over the next twelve months, at which time the Company will recognize the deferred net gains (losses) as an adjustment to interest income over the term of the investment cash flows. The maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows (for forecasted transactions, excluding interest payments on existing variable-rate financial instruments) is approximately three years.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring.

43

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

Fair Value Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the derivative in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Company recognized in income gains (losses) representing the ineffective portion of fair value hedges as follows:

Derivatives in Fair-Value Hedging Relationships

	Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income [1]
	Derivative						Hedge Item
	Three Months Ended March 31,						Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Interest rate swaps
Net realized capital gain/(loss)	$	11		$	10		$	(10	)	$	(9	)
Foreign currency swaps
Net realized capital gain/(loss)		9			14			(9	)		(14	)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		(3	)		(8	)		3			8
Total	$	17		$	16		$	(16	)	$	(15	)

[1] The amounts presented do not include the periodic net coupon settlements of the derivative or the coupon income (expense) related to the hedged item. The net of the amounts presented represents the ineffective portion of the hedge.

Non-qualifying Strategies

For non-qualifying strategies, including embedded derivatives that are required to be bifurcated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings within net realized capital gains (losses). The following table presents the gain or loss recognized in income on non-qualifying strategies:

Derivatives Used in Non-Qualifying Strategies

Gain or (Loss) Recognized within Net Realized Capital Gains and Losses

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
Interest rate contracts
Interest rate swaps, caps, floors, and forwards	$	2		$	5
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign currency swaps and forwards		(5	)		(5	)
Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps [1]		(181	)		(58	)
Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments [2]		(128	)		(62	)
Credit contracts
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection		(36	)		(17	)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk		149			19
Equity contracts
Equity index swaps and options		(19	)		—
Variable annuity hedge program
U.S. GMWB product derivatives		896			348
U.S. GMWB reinsurance contracts		(143	)		(65	)
U.S. GMWB hedging instruments		(568	)		(227	)
U.S. macro hedge program		(189	)		(84	)
International program product derivatives		35			16
International program hedging instruments		(1,254	)		(335	)
Other
Contingent capital facility put option		(2	)		(2	)
Total	$	(1,443	)	$	(467	)

[1] The associated liability is adjusted for changes in spot rates through realized capital gains and was $118 and $42 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

[2] The associated liability is adjusted for changes in spot rates through realized capital gains and was $157 and $53 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

44

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the net realized capital gain (loss) related to derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies was primarily comprised of the following:

• The net loss associated with the international program hedging instruments was primarily driven by depreciation of the yen in relation to the euro and the U.S. dollar, and an increase in global and domestic equity markets.

• The net loss on the U.S. macro hedge program was primarily driven by an increase in the domestic equity market and lower equity market volatility.

• The net gain related to the combined GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives, was primarily a result of lower equity and interest rate volatility, favorable policyholder behavior, and a general increase in long-term interest rates.

• The net loss related to the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments and Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps was primarily due to the U.S. dollar strengthening in comparison to the Japanese yen and strengthening of the currency basis swap spread between U.S. dollar and Japanese yen.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the net realized capital gain (loss) related to derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies was primarily comprised of the following:

• The net loss associated with the international program hedging instruments was primarily due to weakening of the Japanese yen, higher global and domestic equity markets valuation and lower implied market volatility.

• The net loss related to the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments and Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps was primarily due to the U.S. dollar strengthening in comparison to the Japanese yen, partially offset by an increase in long-term U.S. interest rates.

• The gain related to the combined GMWB hedging program, which includes the GMWB product, reinsurance, and hedging derivatives was primarily a result of lower implied market volatility and a general increase in long-term interest rates.

Refer to Note 9 for additional disclosures regarding contingent credit related features in derivative agreements.

Credit Risk Assumed through Credit Derivatives

The Company enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk of a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool in order to synthetically replicate investment transactions. The Company will receive periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount and will only make a payment if there is a credit event. A credit event payment will typically be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation after the occurrence of the credit event. A credit event is generally defined as a default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk primarily reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include standard and customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers. The diversified portfolios of corporate issuers are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches that possess different credit ratings.

45

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)

The following tables present the notional amount, fair value, weighted average years to maturity, underlying referenced credit obligation type and average credit ratings, and offsetting notional amounts and fair value for credit derivatives in which the Company is assuming credit risk as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

As of March 31, 2012

								Underlying Referenced Credit Obligation(s) [1]
Credit Derivative type by derivative risk exposure	Notional Amount [2]		Fair Value			Weighted Average Years to Maturity		Type		Average Credit Rating	Offsetting Notional Amount [3]		Offsetting Fair Value [3]
Single name credit default swaps
Investment grade risk exposure	$	1,693	$	(12	)		3 years		Corporate Credit/ Foreign Gov.	A	$	1,424	$	(29	)
Below investment grade risk exposure		160		(2	)		2 years		Corporate Credit	BB-		144		(5	)
Basket credit default swaps [4]
Investment grade risk exposure		3,866		(6	)		3 years		Corporate Credit	BBB+		2,229		—
Investment grade risk exposure		525		(80	)		5 years		CMBS Credit	A		525		80
Below investment grade risk exposure		555		(465	)		3 years		Corporate Credit	BBB		—		—
Embedded credit derivatives
Investment grade risk exposure		25		24			3 years		Corporate Credit	BBB-		—		—
Below investment grade risk exposure		500		441			5 years		Corporate Credit	BB+		—		—
Total	$	7,324	$	(100	)						$	4,322	$	46

As of December 31, 2011

								Underlying Referenced Credit Obligation(s) [1]
Credit Derivative type by derivative risk exposure	Notional Amount [2]		Fair Value			Weighted Average Years to Maturity		Type		Average Credit Rating	Offsetting Notional Amount [3]		Offsetting Fair Value [3]
Single name credit default swaps
Investment grade risk exposure	$	1,628	$	(34	)		3 years		Corporate Credit/ Foreign Gov.	A+	$	1,424	$	(15	)
Below investment grade risk exposure		170		(7	)		2 years		Corporate Credit	BB-		144		(5	)
Basket credit default swaps [4]
Investment grade risk exposure		3,645		(92	)		3 years		Corporate Credit	BBB+		2,001		29
Investment grade risk exposure		525		(98	)		5 years		CMBS Credit	BBB+		525		98
Below investment grade risk exposure		553		(509	)		3 years		Corporate Credit	BBB+		—		—
Embedded credit derivatives
Investment grade risk exposure		25		24			3 years		Corporate Credit	BBB-		—		—
Below investment grade risk exposure		500		411			5 years		Corporate Credit	BB+		—		—
Total	$	7,046	$	(305	)						$	4,094	$	107

[1] The average credit ratings are based on availability and the midpoint of the applicable ratings among Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

[2] Notional amount is equal to the maximum potential future loss amount. There is no specific collateral related to these contracts or recourse provisions included in the contracts to offset losses.

[3] The Company has entered into offsetting credit default swaps to terminate certain existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the future changes in value of, or losses paid related to, the original swap.

[4] Includes $4.4 billion and $4.2 billion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, of standard market indices of diversified portfolios of corporate issuers referenced through credit default swaps. These swaps are subsequently valued based upon the observable standard market index. Also includes $553 as of both March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 of customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers referenced through credit default swaps.

46

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Present Value of Future Profits

The Company capitalizes policy acquisition costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts in accordance with ASU No. 2010-26. On January 1, 2012, the Company adopted ASU No. 2010-26 as further discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result of this change in accounting policy, deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits as of January 1, 2011 decreased by approximately $2.4 billion from $9.9 billion, as previously reported.

Changes in the DAC balance are as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012			2011
Balance, beginning of period, as currently reported	$	6,556		$	7,473
Deferred Costs		439			421
Amortization – DAC		(445	)		(488	)
Amortization – Unlock benefit, pre-tax		124			38
Adjustments to unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale and other		(21	)		48
Effect of currency translation		(76	)		(32	)
Balance, end of period	$	6,577		$	7,460

The Unlock benefit, pre-tax for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was driven by actual separate account returns being above our aggregated estimated returns.

7. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features

U.S. GMDB, International GMDB/GMIB, and UL Secondary Guarantee Benefits

Changes in the gross U.S. GMDB, International GMDB/GMIB, and UL secondary guarantee benefits are as follows:

	U.S. GMDB			International GMDB/GMIB			UL Secondary Guarantees
Liability balance as of January 1, 2012	$	1,104		$	975		$	228
Incurred		56			33			24
Paid		(50	)		(53	)		—
Unlock		(134	)		(139	)		11
Currency translation adjustment		—			(61	)		—
Liability balance as of March 31, 2012	$	976		$	755		$	263
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2012	$	724		$	40		$	22
Incurred		35			2			(3	)
Paid		(33	)		(7	)		—
Unlock		(72	)		13			—
Currency translation adjustment		—			(3	)		—
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2012	$	654		$	45		$	19

	U.S. GMDB			International GMDB/GMIB			UL Secondary Guarantees
Liability balance as of January 1, 2011	$	1,053		$	696		$	113
Incurred		57			31			13
Paid		(51	)		(40	)		—
Unlock		(55	)		(17	)		—
Currency translation adjustment		—			(14	)		—
Liability balance as of March 31, 2011	$	1,004		$	656		$	126
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2011	$	686		$	36		$	30
Incurred		34			1			2
Paid		(35	)		—			—
Unlock		(29	)		4			—
Currency translation adjustment		—			(1	)		—
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of March 31, 2011	$	656		$	40		$	32

47

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features (continued)

The following table provides details concerning GMDB and GMIB exposure as of March 31, 2012:

Individual Variable and Group Annuity Account Value by GMDB/GMIB Type
Maximum anniversary value (“MAV”) [1]	Account Value (“AV”) [8]		Net Amount at Risk (“NAR”) [10]		Retained Net Amount at Risk (“RNAR”) [10]		Weighted Average Attained Age of Annuitant
MAV only	$	21,849	$	4,352	$	907		69
With 5% rollup [2]		1,567		398		124		69
With Earnings Protection Benefit Rider (“EPB”) [3]		5,618		680		87		65
With 5% rollup & EPB		615		135		29		68
Total MAV		29,649		5,565		1,147
Asset Protection Benefit (“APB”) [4]		23,135		1,522		988		66
Lifetime Income Benefit (“LIB”) – Death Benefit [5]		1,153		47		47		64
Reset [6] (5-7 years)		3,343		165		163		68
Return of Premium (“ROP”) [7]/Other		22,950		425		405		66
Subtotal U.S. GMDB		80,230		7,724		2,750		67
Less: General Account Value with U.S. GMDB		7,335
Subtotal Separate Account Liabilities with GMDB		72,895
Separate Account Liabilities without U.S. GMDB		79,507
Total Separate Account Liabilities	$	152,402
Japan GMDB [9], [11]	$	29,396	$	7,580	$	6,469		70
Japan GMIB [9], [11]	$	27,350	$	4,785	$	4,785		70

[1] MAV GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid and the highest AV on any anniversary before age 80 (adjusted for withdrawals).

[2] Rollup GMDB is the greatest of the MAV, current AV, net premium paid and premiums (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at generally 5% simple interest up to the earlier of age 80 or 100% of adjusted premiums.

[3] EPB GMDB is the greatest of the MAV, current AV, or contract value plus a percentage of the contract’s growth. The contract’s growth is AV less premiums net of withdrawals, subject to a cap of 200% of premiums net of withdrawals.

[4] APB GMDB is the greater of current AV or MAV, not to exceed current AV plus 25% times the greater of net premiums and MAV (each adjusted for premiums in the past 12 months).

[5] LIB GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid, or for certain contracts a benefit amount that ratchets over time, generally based on market performance.

[6] Reset GMDB is the greatest of current AV, net premiums paid and the most recent five to seven year anniversary AV before age 80 (adjusted for withdrawals).

[7] ROP GMDB is the greater of current AV or net premiums paid.

[8] AV includes the contract holder’s investment in the separate account and the general account.

[9] GMDB includes a ROP and MAV (before age 80) paid in a single lump sum. GMIB is a guarantee to return initial investment, adjusted for earnings liquidity which allows for free withdrawal of earnings, paid through a fixed payout annuity, after a minimum deferral period of 10, 15 or 20 years. The GRB related to the Japan GMIB was $31.4 billion and $34.1 billion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The GRB related to the Japan GMAB and GMWB was $646 as of March 31, 2012 and $701 as of December 31, 2011. These liabilities are not included in the Separate Account as they are not legally insulated from the general account liabilities of the insurance enterprise. As of March 31, 2012, 55 % of the GMDB RNAR and 69% of the GMIB NAR is reinsured to a Hartford affiliate.

[10] NAR is defined as the guaranteed benefit in excess of the current AV. RNAR represents NAR reduced for reinsurance. NAR and RNAR are highly sensitive to equity markets movements and increase when equity markets decline. Additionally Japan’s NAR and RNAR are highly sensitive to currency movements and increase when the Yen strengthens.

[11] Policies with a guaranteed living benefit (GMIB in Japan) also have a guaranteed death benefit. The NAR for each benefit is shown in the table above, however these benefits are not additive. When a policy terminates due to death, any NAR related to GMWB or GMIB is released. Similarly, when a policy goes into benefit status on a GMWB or GMIB, its GMDB NAR is released.

In the U.S., account balances of contracts with guarantees were invested in variable separate accounts as follows:

Asset type	As of March 31, 2012		As of December 31, 2011
Equity securities (including mutual funds)	$	65,862	$	61,472
Cash and cash equivalents		7,033		7,516
Total	$	72,895	$	68,988

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, approximately 16% and 17%, respectively, of the equity securities above were invested in fixed income securities through these funds and approximately 84% and 83%, respectively, were invested in equity securities.

See Note 4 for further information on guaranteed living benefits that are accounted for at fair value, such as GMWB.

48

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

8. Sales Inducements

Changes in deferred sales inducement activity were as follows for the three months ended March 31:

	2012			2011
Balance, January 1	$	434		$	459
Sales inducements deferred		1			4
Amortization—Unlock		5			3
Amortization charged to income		(10	)		(9	)
Balance, March 31	$	430		$	457

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties discussed below under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.

The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, and in addition to the matters described below, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, life and inland marine; improper sales practices in connection with the sale of life insurance and other investment products; and improper fee arrangements in connection with investment products. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Apart from the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, the Mutual Funds Litigation identified below purports to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel and complex legal theories. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company’s experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. The matter is in the earliest stages of litigation, with no substantive legal decisions by the court defining the scope of the claims or the potentially available damages. The Company has not yet answered the complaint or asserted its defenses, and fact discovery has not yet begun. Accordingly, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any, or predict the timing of the eventual resolution of this matter.

Mutual Funds Litigation —In February 2011, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011, the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amend the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of The Hartford Global Health Fund, The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisors Fund, and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund. Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO disputes the allegations and has filed a partial motion to dismiss.

49

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Broker Compensation Litigation– Following the New York Attorney General’s filing of a civil complaint against Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., and Marsh, Inc. (collectively, “Marsh”) in October 2004 alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, participated with Marsh in arrangements to submit inflated bids for business insurance and paid contingent commissions to ensure that Marsh would direct business to them, private plaintiffs brought several lawsuits against the Company predicated on the allegations in the Marsh complaint, to which the Company was not party. Among these is a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. Two consolidated amended complaints were filed in the multidistrict litigation, one related to conduct in connection with the sale of property-casualty insurance and the other related to alleged conduct in connection with the sale of group benefits products. The Company and various of its subsidiaries are named in both complaints. The complaints assert, on behalf of a putative class of persons who purchased insurance through broker defendants, claims under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), state law, and in the case of the group benefits complaint, claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The claims are predicated upon allegedly undisclosed or otherwise improper payments of contingent commissions to the broker defendants to steer business to the insurance company defendants. The district court dismissed the Sherman Act and RICO claims in both complaints for failure to state a claim and has granted the defendants’ motions for summary judgment on the ERISA claims in the group-benefits products complaint. The district court further declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over the state law claims and dismissed those claims without prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the claims in both consolidated amended complaints, except the ERISA claims. In August 2010, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against the Company. The Third Circuit vacated the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against some defendants in the property casualty insurance case and vacated the dismissal of the state-law claims as to all defendants in light of the reinstatement of the federal claims. In September 2010, the district court entered final judgment for the defendants in the group benefits case. In March 2011, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis the property casualty insurance case for an immaterial amount. The district court gave final approval to the settlement in March 2012. An objector has noticed an appeal to the Third Circuit; management believes that the possibility that the settlement will be overturned on appeal is remote. Following the settlement, only three non-class action lawsuits remain. Management believes that the possibility of a material adverse outcome with respect to these lawsuits, when considered separately or in the aggregate, is remote.

Investment and Savings Plan ERISA and Shareholder Securities Class Action Litigation – In November and December 2008, following a decline in the share price of the Company’s common stock, seven putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut on behalf of certain participants in the Company’s Investment and Savings Plan (the “Plan”), which offers the Company’s common stock as one of many investment options. These lawsuits have been consolidated, and a consolidated amended class-action complaint was filed on March 23, 2009, alleging that the Company and certain of its officers and employees violated ERISA by allowing the Plan’s participants to invest in the Company’s common stock and by failing to disclose to the Plan’s participants information about the Company’s financial condition. The lawsuit seeks restitution or damages for losses arising from the investment of the Plan’s assets in the Company’s common stock during the period from December 10, 2007 to the present. In January 2010, the district court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. In February 2011, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis for an immaterial amount. The district court gave final approval to the settlement in April 2012.

Asbestos and Environmental Claims– As discussed in Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims”, included in the Company’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report, The Hartford continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regarding these claims, The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

50

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Derivative Commitments

Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement as set by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of March 31, 2012, is $701. Of this $701 the legal entities have posted collateral of $687 in the normal course of business. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2012, a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P could require approximately an additional $28 to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2012, a downgrade by either Moody’s or S&P of two levels below the legal entities’ current financial strength ratings could require approximately an additional $41 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we would post, if required, would be primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Treasury notes.

On March 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) Rating Services lowered its counterparty credit and insurer financial strength ratings on Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company to BBB+. Given this downgrade action, termination rating triggers in three derivative counterparty relationships have been impacted totaling a notional amount of $4.7 billion with a corresponding fair value of $77 as of March 31, 2012. The counterparties have the right to terminate these relationships and would have to settle the outstanding derivatives prior to exercising their termination right. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2012 these counterparties would owe the Company the derivatives fair value of $77. The counterparties have not exercised this termination right and the Company has re-negotiated the rating triggers with one counterparty and is in the process of re-negotiating the rating triggers with the remaining two counterparties.

10. Employee Benefit Plans

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Total net periodic benefit cost for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 includes the following components:

	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Service cost	$	26		$	28		$	1		$	1
Interest cost		63			64			5			5
Expected return on plan assets		(78	)		(74	)		(3	)		(4	)
Amortization of prior service credit		(2	)		(2	)		—			—
Amortization of actuarial loss		53			37			—			—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	62		$	53		$	3		$	2

11. Stock Compensation Plans

The Company’s stock-based compensation plans include The Hartford 2010 Incentive Stock Plan, The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan and The Hartford Deferred Stock Unit Plan. For a description of these plans, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Shares issued in satisfaction of stock-based compensation may be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held by the Company in treasury or from shares purchased in the open market. The Company typically issues shares from treasury in satisfaction of stock-based compensation.

	Three Months Ended March  31,
	2012			2011
Stock-based compensation plans expense	$	40		$	22
Income tax benefit		(14	)		(8	)
Total stock-based compensation plans expense, after-tax	$	26		$	14

In 2010 and 2009, the Company issued awards that will ultimately be settled in cash. As a result, these awards are re-measured at the end of each reporting period until settlement. The net stock-based compensation plans expense recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was a result of an increase in the Company’s share price during the reporting period.

The Company did not capitalize any cost of stock-based compensation. As of March 31, 2012, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized was $127, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.

51

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

12. Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the combined amounts related to the operations of Federal Trust Corporation and Specialty Risk Services, which have been reflected as discontinued operations in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. For further explanation of the Company’s discontinued operations refer to Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

	Three Months Ended March  31,
	2012			2011
Revenues
Net investment income	$	—		$	8
Net realized capital gains (losses)		—			(4	)
Other revenues		—			47
Total revenues		—			51
Benefits, losses and expenses
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		2			32
Total benefits, losses and expenses		2			32
Income (loss) before income taxes		(2	)		19
Income tax expense (benefit)		(1	)		7
Income (loss) from operations of discontinued operations, net of tax		(1	)		12
Net realized capital gain on disposal, net of tax		—			150
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(1	)	$	162

13. Goodwill

The carrying value of goodwill allocated to reporting units is as follows:

	March 31, 2012									December 31, 2011
	Gross		Accumulated Impairments			Discontinued Operations		Carrying Value		Gross		Accumulated Impairments			Discontinued Operations [1]			Carrying Value
Commercial Markets
Property & Casualty Commercial	$	30	$	(30	)	$	—	$	—	$	30	$	(30	)	$	—		$	—
Consumer Markets		119		—			—		119		119		—			—			119
Wealth Management
Individual Life		224		—			—		224		224		—			—			224
Retirement Plans		87		—			—		87		87		—			—			87
Mutual Funds		159		—			—		159		159		—			—			159
Total Wealth Management		470					—		470		470		—			—			470
Corporate		772		(355	)		—		417		787		(355	)		(15	)		417
Total Goodwill	$	1,391	$	(385	)	$	—	$	1,006	$	1,406	$	(385	)	$	(15	)	$	1,006

[1] Represents goodwill written off related to Federal Trust Corporation which is currently recorded in discontinued operations.

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company determined that a triggering event requiring an impairment assessment had occurred as a result of its decision to pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life and Retirement Plans reporting units. The Company completed an interim impairment test during the first quarter of 2012 for these two reporting units which resulted in no impairment of goodwill. Retirement Plans passed the first step of the interim goodwill impairment test with a significant margin. Individual Life passed the first step of the interim goodwill impairment test with a margin of less than 10% between the fair value and book value of the reporting unit as of February 29, 2012. The Company will continue to monitor the impact to fair value from certain assumptions such as product sales and lapse rates which may be more sensitive following the announcement of its decision and from information developed through the effort to market the reporting units.

The fair value of the Individual Life reporting unit is based on discounted cash flows using earnings projections on in force business and product sales. There could be a positive or negative impact on the result of step one in future periods if assumptions change about the level of economic capital, product sales, earnings projections or the weighted average cost of capital.

52

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

14. Debt

Senior Notes

On April 5, 2012, the Company issued $1.55 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes. The issuance consisted of $325 of 4.000% senior notes due 2017, $800 of 5.125% senior notes due 2022 and $425 of 6.625% senior notes due 2042 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”) for net proceeds of approximately $1.5 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The Senior Notes bear interest at their respective rate, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2012.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

On April 17, 2012, the Company (i) repurchased all outstanding 10% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due 2068 with a $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount held by Allianz SE (“Allianz”) (the “10% Debentures”) for $2.125 billion (plus a payment by the Company of unpaid interest on the 10% Debentures) and (ii) settled the repurchase of the Series B and Series C warrants held by Allianz to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, see Note 15. In addition, the 10% Debentures replacement capital covenant (the “10% Debentures RCC”) was terminated on April 12, 2012 with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.1% senior notes due 2041. Upon closing, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment in the second quarter of 2012 of approximately $600, after-tax, representing the premium associated with repurchasing the 10% Debentures at an amount greater than the face amount, the write-off of the unamortized discount and debt issuance costs related to the 10% Debentures and other costs related to the repurchase transaction. On April 5, 2012, the Company issued $600 aggregate principal amount of 7.875% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due 2042 (the “Debentures”) for net proceeds of approximately $586, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The Company financed the repurchase of the 10% Debentures through the issuance of the Senior Notes and the Debentures.

The Debentures bear interest from the date of issuance to but excluding April 15, 2022 at an annual rate of 7.875%, payable quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2012, to and including April 15, 2022. Commencing on April 15, 2022 the Debentures bear interest at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 5.596%, payable quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2022. The Company has the right, on one or more occasions, to defer the payment of interest on the Debentures. The Company may defer interest for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will accumulate additional interest at an annual rate equal to the annual interest rate then applicable to the Debentures. If the Company defers interest payments on the Debentures, the Company generally may not make payments on or redeem or purchase any shares of its capital stock or any of its debt securities or guarantees that rank upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up equally with or junior to the Debentures, subject to certain limited exceptions.

The Company may elect to redeem the Debentures in whole at any time or in part from time to time on or after April 15, 2022, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. If the Debentures are not redeemed in whole, at least $25 aggregate principal amount of the Debentures must remain outstanding after giving effect to such redemption. The Debentures may be redeemed in whole at any time prior to April 15, 2022, within 90 days of the occurrence of a tax event or rating agency event, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, or (ii) the present value of the (a) outstanding principal and (b) remaining scheduled payments of interest that would have been payable from the redemption date to and including April 15, 2022 on the Debentures to be redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued and unpaid to but excluding the redemption date), discounted from their respective interest payment dates to but excluding the redemption date at a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus a spread of 0.700%, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the redemption date.

The Debentures are unsecured, subordinated and junior in right of payment and upon liquidation to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness. In addition, the Debentures are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including obligations to policyholders. The Debentures do not limit the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, including debt that ranks senior in right of payment and upon liquidation to the Debentures.

The Debentures rank equally in right of payment and upon liquidation with (i) any indebtedness the terms of which provide that such indebtedness ranks equally with the Debentures, including guarantees of such indebtedness, (ii) the Company’s existing 8.125% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due 2068 (the “8.125% Debentures”), (iii) the Company’s Income Capital Obligation Notes due 2067, issuable pursuant to the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 12, 2007, between us and Wilmington Trust Company (the “ICON securities”), (iv) our trade accounts payable, and (v) any of our indebtedness owed to a person who is our subsidiary or employee.

53

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

14. Debt (continued)

Revolving Credit Facility

In January 2012, the Company entered into a senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1.75 billion (which is available in U.S. dollars, and in Euro, Sterling, Canadian dollars and Japanese Yen) through January 6, 2016. Of the total availability under the Credit Facility, up to $250 is available to support letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company or subsidiaries of the Company. Under the Credit Facility, the Company must maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth, as defined. In the first quarter of 2012, the minimum level of consolidated net worth was reduced by approximately $1.1 billion, after-tax from $16.0 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $14.9 billion as of March 31, 2012 following the adoption of a new DAC accounting standard during the quarter. The definition of consolidated net worth under the terms of the Credit Facility, excludes AOCI and includes the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures and perpetual preferred securities, net of discount. In addition, the Company’s maximum ratio of consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization is 35%, and the ratio of consolidated total debt of subsidiaries to consolidated total capitalization is limited to 10%. As of March 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Facility.

15. Equity

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company repurchased 2.6 million common shares, or $42, through its existing $500 equity repurchase program authorized on July 27, 2011 (the “repurchase program”).

On March 30, 2012 the Company repurchased all of the outstanding Series B and Series C warrants (collectively, the “warrants”) held by Allianz for $300. These warrants authorized Allianz to purchase 69,351,806 shares of the Company’s common stock at a current exercise price of $25.23 per share. The repurchase was settled on April 17, 2012 and funded through the repurchase program, resulting in remaining authorized repurchases under this program of approximately $106.

16. Subsequent Event

On April 23, 2012, the Company amended The Hartford Retirement Plan for US Employees, its non-contributory, tax qualified defined benefit pension plan, to freeze participation and benefit accruals. The freeze will be effective December 31, 2012. Compensation earned by employees up to December 31, 2012 shall be used for purposes of calculating benefits under the Plan but there will be no future benefit accruals after this date. Participants as of December 31, 2012 will continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits as they continue to work. The Company also amended and froze The Harford Excess Pension Plan, its non-qualified excess benefit plan for certain highly compensated employees. As a result of the amendment to freeze these plans, The Hartford will re-measure the benefit obligations of the affected plans effective April 30, 2012, which will be recorded in the second quarter of 2012. A curtailment of benefits occurs because the amendment eliminates all future service for active employees in the pension plans. Accordingly, the Company will recognize an after-tax curtailment gain of $7 during the second quarter of 2012, which is the remaining unamortized prior service cost at December 31, 2012.

Effective January 1, 2013, The Company will increase benefits under The Hartford’s Investment and Savings Plan, its defined contribution 401(k) savings plan, and The Hartford Excess Savings Plan. The Company contribution will be increased to include a 2% non-elective contribution and dollar for dollar matching contribution up to 6% of eligible compensation contributed by the employee each pay period. The plan will qualify for a “safe harbor” from annual discrimination testing. Currently, contributions are matched, up to 3% of base salary, by the Company. Additionally, in 2011, employees who had earnings of less than $110,000 in the preceding year received a contribution of 1.5% of base salary and employees who had earnings of $110,000 or more in the preceding year received a contribution of 0.5% of base salary.

Also, on April 23, 2012 the Company amended its postretirement medical, dental and life insurance coverage plans for all current employees who retire on or after January 1, 2014. As a result of the amendment to freeze these plans, The Company will re-measure the benefit obligations of the affected plans as of April 30, 2012, which will be recorded in the second quarter of 2012. A curtailment of benefits occurs because the amendments eliminate all future service for active employees. Accordingly, the Company will recognize an after-tax curtailment gain of less than $1, during the second quarter of 2012, which is the remaining unamortized prior service cost at April 30, 2012.

54

Item 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollar amounts in millions except share data unless otherwise stated)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) addresses the financial condition of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “The Hartford” or the “Company”) as of March 31, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011, and its results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the equivalent 2011 period. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial information to conform to the current period classifications. Also, prior period amounts have been retrospectively reclassified to reflect discontinued operations, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on discontinued operations.

On January 1, 2012, the Company retrospectively adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-26,Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts which clarifies the definition of policy acquisition costs that are eligible for deferral. Previously reported financial information has been revised to reflect the effect of the Company’s adoption of this accounting standard. For further information regarding the effect of adoption of this accounting standard, see Note 1 and Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Hartford defines increases or decreases greater than or equal to 200%, or changes from a net gain to a net loss position, or vice versa, as “NM” or not meaningful.

INDEX

Description	Page
Consolidated Results of Operations		56
Outlooks		58
Critical Accounting Estimates		60
The Hartford’s Operations Overview		68
Key Performance Measures and Ratios		68
Property & Casualty Commercial		75
Group Benefits		77
Consumer Markets		78
Individual Annuity		80
Individual Life		81
Retirement Plans		82
Mutual Funds		83
Life Other Operations		84
Property & Casualty Other Operations		85
Corporate		85
Enterprise Risk Management		86
Capital Resources and Liquidity		105
Impact of New Accounting Standards		112

55

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Operating Summary	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2012			2011			Change
Earned premiums	$	3,442		$	3,519			(2	%)
Fee income		1,134			1,209			(6	%)
Net investment income:
Securities available-for-sale and other		1,070			1,108			(3	%)
Equity securities, trading [1]		2,866			803			NM
Total net investment income		3,936			1,911			106	%
Net realized capital gains (losses)		(910	)		(403	)		(126	%)
Other revenues		59			64			(8	%)
Total revenues		7,661			6,300			22	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		3,038			3,178			(4	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses – returns credited on international variable annuities [1]		2,864			803			NM
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits (“DAC”)		321			450			(29	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		1,312			1,354			(3	%)
Interest expense		124			128			(3	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		7,659			5,913			30	%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		2			387			(99	%)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(95	)		48			NM
Income from continuing operations, net of tax		97			339			(71	%)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		(1	)		162			NM
Net income	$	96		$	501			(81	%)
Supplemental Operating Data
Income from continuing operations, net of tax, available to common shareholders per diluted common share	$	0.19		$	0.67			(72	%)
Net income available to common shareholders per diluted common share		0.18			0.99			(82	%)
Total revenues, excluding net investment income on equity securities, trading		4,795			5,497			(13	%)

	March 31,		December 31,
Summary of Financial Condition	2012		2011
Total assets	$	310,548	$	302,609
Total investments, excluding equity securities, trading		102,878		104,449
Total stockholders’ equity		21,274		21,486

[1] Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities, trading, supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.

56

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Net income (loss) by segment	2012			2011			Increase (Decrease) From 2012 to 2011
Property & Casualty Commercial	$	189		$	323		$	(134	)
Group Benefits		18			11			7
Commercial Markets		207			334			(127	)
Consumer Markets		108			108			—
Individual Annuity		198			143			55
Individual Life		19			18			1
Retirement Plans		18			5			13
Mutual Funds		20			28			(8	)
Wealth Management		255			194			61
Life Other Operations		(405	)		(70	)		(335	)
Property & Casualty Other Operations		27			21			6
Corporate		(96	)		(86	)		(10	)
Total net income (loss)	$	96		$	501		$	(405	)

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

The decrease in net income from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to the following items:

• Net realized capital losses increased primarily due the results of the international variable annuity hedge program. The losses resulted from weakening of the yen and rising equity markets, as certain hedge assets are used to hedge liabilities that are not carried at fair value. For further discussion of the results, see Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) within Investment Results of Key Performance Measures and Ratios. For information on the related sensitivities of the variable annuity hedging program, see Variable Product Guarantee Risks and Risk Management within Enterprise Risk Management.

• Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, decreased, primarily due to the realized capital gain on the sale of Specialty Risk Services of $150, after-tax, in the first quarter of 2011. This gain was recorded in the Property & Casualty Commercial segment’s net income.

Partially offsetting the decrease in net income were the following items:

• An increase in the Unlock benefit to $214, after-tax, in 2012 from $57, after-tax, in 2011. The Unlock benefit in both periods was driven by actual separate account returns being above our aggregated estimated returns. For further discussion of Unlocks see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

• Income tax expense in 2012 includes a valuation allowance benefit of $20 compared to a benefit of $2 in 2011. See Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal Statutory rate to the provision for income taxes.

See the segment sections of MD&A for a discussion on their respective performances.

57

OUTLOOKS

The Hartford provides projections and other forward-looking information in the following discussions, which contain many forward-looking statements, particularly relating to the Company’s future financial performance. These forward-looking statements are estimates based on information currently available to the Company, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the precautionary statements set forth on pages 3-4 of this Form 10-Q. Actual results are likely to differ, and in the past have differed, materially from those forecast by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in each discussion below and in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Overview

In the first quarter of 2012, The Hartford concluded an evaluation of its strategy and business portfolio deciding to focus on its property and casualty and group benefits businesses of the Commercial Markets and Consumer Markets divisions, and the mutual funds business of the Wealth Management division. This focus is expected to position the organization for higher returns on equity, reduced sensitivity to capital markets, a lower cost of capital and increased financial flexibility. As a result, in the second quarter of 2012, the Company placed its existing Individual Annuity business into runoff and will pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life and Retirement Plans businesses and Woodbury Financial Services, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary. In addition, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its individual annuity new business capabilities to a third party. Effective May 1, 2012, all new annuity policies sold by the Company will be reinsured to a third party. The Company will cease the sale of annuity policies and the reinsurance agreement will terminate as to new business in the second quarter of 2013. The reinsurance agreement has no impact on in-force policies issued on or before April 27, 2012.

The performance of The Hartford’s insurance protection and asset accumulation businesses may be adversely impacted due to slow economic and employment expansion where customers may change their levels of insurance and/or savings based on anticipated economic conditions. In addition, the performance of The Hartford’s divisions is subject to uncertainty due to capital market conditions, which impact the earnings of its asset management businesses and valuations and earnings in its investment portfolio. The current and future interest rate environment also affects the performance of the Company’s divisions. A sustained low interest rate environment would result in lower net investment income, lower estimated gross profits on certain Wealth Management products, lower margins and increased pension expense.

Commercial Markets

Commercial Markets focuses on growth through market-differentiated products and services while maintaining a disciplined underwriting approach. In Property & Casualty Commercial, improving market conditions are expected to continue, which should enable the Company to achieve price increases, while a slowly recovering economy is anticipated to drive an increase in insurance exposures. As such, written premium increased 3% in the first quarter of 2012 and the Company expects low to mid single-digit written premium growth for the full year. This growth reflects the combination of our current market position, a broadening of underwriting expertise focused on selected industries, a leveraging of the payroll model, and numerous initiatives launched in the past several years. More specifically, this growth is anticipated to be driven by continued momentum in small commercial, including programs aimed at growing total policy counts, the rollout of new product enhancements and the continued expansion of ease of doing business technology, while management expects middle market and specialty growth to be tempered as a result of pricing actions taken to restore returns to adequate levels. The Property & Casualty Commercial combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development is expected to remain in the mid to upper 90s for full year 2012 as compared to the 97.3% achieved in 2011. Earned price increases are expected to flow through the book, while loss costs are not expected to change dramatically. In Group Benefits, premiums declined in the first quarter of 2012 and are expected to decline for the full year, as compared to 2011, reflecting the competitive environment coupled with pricing actions implemented with the goal of improving profitability. Over time, as employers design benefit strategies to attract and retain employees, while attempting to control their benefit costs, management believes that the need for the Company’s products will expand. The Company believes that this combined with the significant number of employees who currently do not have coverage or adequate levels of coverage, creates continued opportunities for our products and services. The Company expects Group Benefits’ loss ratio to remain elevated for full year 2012 given the expectation of persistent heightened disability incidence, lower claim terminations and higher severity.

58

Consumer Markets

The Company expects written premium to decline for full year 2012, as compared to 2011, including a decrease in AARP direct and in business sold through independent agents other than to AARP members. Despite an improvement in policy retention in the first quarter of 2012 and an expected further increase in new business in 2012, management expects that non-renewed premium will exceed new business in 2012 resulting in an overall decline in written premium. In 2012, management expects it will sustain its improvement in policy retention but that retention will continue to be affected by the impact of renewal written pricing increases in a price sensitive market. Within the Agency channel, policy retention will also be affected by continued pricing and underwriting actions to improve profitability, including efforts to reposition the book into more mature, preferred market business. The Company expects new business to continue to increase in 2012, primarily driven by AARP member business, both direct and through independent agents, as well as new business from affinities other than AARP and other targeted consumer direct marketing. New business is expected to benefit from the recent rollouts of the Open Road Advantage and the Hartford Home Advantage products. Management expects that the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development will be flat to slightly lower for full year 2012, as compared to the 91.9% achieved in 2011, as an improvement in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes will be largely offset by an expected increase in the underwriting expense ratio. For both auto and home, the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is expected to improve during 2012, driven by earned pricing increases and lower claim frequency, partially offset by an expected increase in average claim severity. While management expects that industry non-catastrophe claim frequency will be relatively flat to slightly increasing throughout 2012, management expects The Hartford will have slightly lower claim frequency given its continued shift to a more preferred book of business.

Wealth Management

In light of The Hartford’s strategic review, Wealth Management currently focuses on growing the Mutual Fund business and pursuing sales or other strategic alternatives for Individual Life and Retirement Plans. During April 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the individual annuity new business capabilities to a third party and placed this business into runoff. Effective May 1, 2012, all new annuity policies will be fully reinsured to the third party. This reinsurance agreement will remain in place through the close of the transaction which is expected to be mid 2013. The Hartford will continue to manage, service and meet all obligations under existing annuity contracts. Our focus is on mitigating and isolating the risks of the in-force annuities. Our Mutual Fund business has been offering new funds to improve our participation in asset classes where we see potential growth opportunities. In addition, the Company has partnered with Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington Management”) to serve as the sole sub-advisor for The Hartford’s non-proprietary mutual funds and certain proprietary fixed income funds. Due to the Company’s recent announcement and certain actions taken by ratings agencies, we expect a decline in Individual Life sales for the full year, as compared to 2011, and certain distributers have suspended sales of our products. Retirement Plans is focused on customer retention as well as preserving the value of the business. The Hartford seeks to maximize the business value of its Individual Life and Retirement Plans businesses and its Woodbury financial Services Broker-Dealer as we pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for these businesses.

Runoff Operations

The Runoff Operations division consists of Life Other Operations and Property & Casualty Other Operations. The objective of the Runoff Operations division is to focus on managing profitability, improving capital efficiency and effectiveness, and limiting and managing risk associated with the businesses residing in the division with the ultimate objective of isolating or separating these risks from the ongoing businesses of the Company. Life Other Operations consists of the Hartford’s international variable annuity business, institutional annuities business and Private Placement Life Insurance business. The international variable annuity business within Life Other Operations will continue to be a significant driver of earnings variability as a result of the hedge program associated with the Company’s international annuities. This hedge program generates mark to market gains and losses while the underlying liabilities being hedged are primarily not marked to market resulting in unpredictable earnings volatility period to period. Property & Casualty Other Operations is focused on managing our asbestos, environmental and other legacy liabilities. The results of the annual ground up studies of asbestos and environmental reserves will be the primary driver impacting the results for this segment.

59

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ, and in the past have differed, from those estimates.

The Company has identified the following estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability:

• property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance;

• estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts;

• evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on investments;

• living benefits required to be fair valued (in other policyholder funds and benefits payable);

• goodwill impairment;

• valuation of investments and derivative instruments;

• pension and other postretirement benefit obligations;

• valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and

• contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters.

Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. In developing these estimates management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon compilation of the financial statements.

60

Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance

Based on the results of the quarterly reserve review process, the Company determines the appropriate reserve adjustments, if any, to record. Recorded reserve estimates are changed after consideration of numerous factors, including but not limited to, the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves, improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past and the level of volatility within a particular line of business. In general, adjustments are made more quickly to more mature accident years and less volatile lines of business. Such adjustments of reserves are referred to as “reserve development”. Reserve development that increases previous estimates of ultimate cost is called “reserve strengthening”. Reserve development that decreases previous estimates of ultimate cost is called “reserve releases”. Reserve development can influence the comparability of year over year underwriting results and is set forth in the paragraphs and tables that follow.

Reserve Roll Forwards and Development

A roll-forward follows of property and casualty insurance product liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
	Property & Casualty Commercial			Consumer Markets			Property & Casualty Other Operations			Total Property and Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	15,437		$	2,061		$	4,052		$	21,550
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,343			9			681			3,033
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		13,094			2,052			3,371			18,517
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		1,027			574			—			1,601
Current accident year catastrophes		32			39			—			71
Prior accident years		20			(55	)		6			(29	)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses		1,079			558			6			1,643
Payments		(1,031	)		(656	)		(104	)		(1,791	)
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		13,142			1,954			3,273			18,369
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,366			8			681			3,055
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	15,508		$	1,962		$	3,954		$	21,424
Earned premiums	$	1,557		$	909
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]		66.2			72.2
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio		69.3			61.4
Prior accident years development (pts) [2]		1.3			(6.1	)

[1] The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.

[2] “Prior accident years development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident years development to earned premiums.

61

Prior accident years development recorded in 2012

Included within prior accident years development for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases):

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
	Property & Casualty Commercial			Consumer Markets			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property and Casualty Insurance
Auto liability	$	12		$	(30	)	$	—	$	(18	)
Homeowners		—			(5	)		—		(5	)
Professional liability		9			—			—		9
Package business		(16	)		—			—		(16	)
Workers’ compensation		8			—			—		8
General liability		(16	)		—			—		(16	)
Fidelity and surety		1			—			—		1
Commercial property		(10	)		—			—		(10	)
Net environmental reserves		—			—			5		5
Change in workers’ compensation discount, including accretion		29			—			—		29
Catastrophes		3			(14	)		—		(11	)
Other reserve re-estimates, net		—			(6	)		1		(5	)
Total prior accident years development	$	20		$	(55	)	$	6	$	(29	)

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident years reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

• Released reserves for personal auto liability claims, primarily for accident years 2008 through 2010. As these accident years matured, favorable bodily injury severity trends were observed and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.

• Strengthened reserves for commercial auto liability claims, primarily for accident year 2011. Higher than expected bodily injury severity has been observed for this accident year.

• Released reserves in package business liability coverages and general liability, primarily for accident years 2006 through 2010. Claim severity emergence for these years was lower than expected and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.

• Released reserves in commercial property for accident year 2011. Loss emergence for this accident year was favorable to expectations.

• The change in workers’ compensation discount, including accretion, primarily reflects a decrease in the number of tabular claims, and to a lesser extent, the decrease in interest rates.

• Refer to the Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims section for further discussion on net asbestos and net environmental reserves.

62

A roll forward follows of property and casualty insurance product liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
	Property & Casualty Commercial			Consumer Markets			Property & Casualty Other Operations			Total Property and Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	14,727		$	2,177		$	4,121		$	21,025
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,361			17			699			3,077
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		12,366			2,160			3,422			17,948
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		962			616			—			1,578
Current accident year catastrophes		46			32			—			78
Prior accident years		(6	)		(49	)		4			(51	)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses		1,002			599			4			1,605
Payments		(887	)		(709	)		(117	)		(1,713	)
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net		12,481			2,050			3,309			17,840
Reinsurance and other recoverables		2,350			8			655			3,013
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	14,831		$	2,058		$	3,964		$	20,853
Earned premiums	$	1,498		$	956
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]		59.2			74.2
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio		66.9			62.6
Prior accident years development (pts) [2]		(0.4	)		(5.1	)

[1] The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.

[2] “Prior accident years development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident years development to earned premiums.

Prior accident years development recorded in 2011

Included within prior accident years development for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases):

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
	Property & Casualty Commercial			Consumer Markets			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property and Casualty Insurance
Auto liability	$	(1	)	$	(55	)	$	—	$	(56	)
Professional liability		(9	)		—			—		(9	)
General liability		6			—			—		6
Commercial property		2			—			—		2
Package business		(7	)		—			—		(7	)
Workers’ compensation		(1	)		—			—		(1	)
Net environmental reserves		—			—			2		2
Homeowners		—			(14	)		—		(14	)
Change in workers’ compensation discount, including accretion		7			—			—		7
Catastrophes		(5	)		19			—		14
Other reserve re-estimates, net		2			1			2		5
Total prior accident years development	$	(6	)		(49	)		4		(51	)

During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident years reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

• Released reserves for personal auto liability claims. Favorable trends in reported severity have persisted, primarily for accident years 2005 through 2010. As these accident years developed, the uncertainty around the ultimate losses is reduced and management places more weight on the emerged experience.

• Favorable emergence of homeowners’ losses is primarily for accident years 2009 and 2010. This is partially driven by an increase in the speed at which claims are being settled, a trend that is expected to continue as these accident years develop.

• Prior year catastrophes primarily relates to a severe wind and hail storm event in Arizona during the fourth quarter of 2010.

63

Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims

Reserve Activity

Reserves and reserve activity in Property & Casualty Other Operations are categorized and reported as asbestos, environmental, or “all other”. The “all other” category of reserves covers a wide range of insurance and assumed reinsurance coverages, including, but not limited to, potential liability for construction defects, lead paint, silica, pharmaceutical products, molestation and other long-tail liabilities.

The following table presents reserve activity, inclusive of estimates for both reported and incurred but not reported claims, net of reinsurance, categorized by asbestos, environmental and all other claims, for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Property & Casualty Other Operations Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012	Asbestos			Environmental			All Other [1]			Total
Beginning liability—net [2][3]	$	1,892		$	320		$	1,159		$	3,371
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred		—			5			1			6
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid		(52	)		(14	)		(37	)		(103	)
Ending liability – net [2][3]	$	1,840	[4]	$	311		$	1,123		$	3,274

[1] “All Other” includes unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves. “All Other” also includes The Company’s allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. When the Company commutes a ceded reinsurance contract or settles a ceded reinsurance dispute, the portion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance attributable to that commutation or settlement, if any, is reclassified to the appropriate cause of loss.

[2] Excludes amounts reported in Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets reporting segments (collectively “Ongoing Operations”) for asbestos and environmental net liabilities of $15 and $8, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and $15 and $8, respectively, as of December 31, 2011; total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2012 includes $3 related to asbestos and environmental claims; and total net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid for the three months ended March 31, 2012 includes $3 related to asbestos and environmental claims.

[3] Gross of reinsurance, asbestos and environmental reserves, including liabilities in Ongoing Operations, were $2,388 and $357, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and $2,442 and $367, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

[4] The one year and average three year net paid amounts for asbestos claims, including Ongoing Operations, are $193 and $234, respectively, resulting in a one year net survival ratio of 9.6 and a three year net survival ratio of 7.9. Net survival ratio is the quotient of the net carried reserves divided by the average annual payment amount and is an indication of the number of years that the net carried reserve would last (i.e. survive) if the future annual claim payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.

For paid and incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses reporting, the Company classifies its asbestos and environmental reserves into three categories: Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market. Direct insurance includes primary and excess coverage. Assumed reinsurance includes both “treaty” reinsurance (covering broad categories of claims or blocks of business) and “facultative” reinsurance (covering specific risks or individual policies of primary or excess insurance companies). London Market business includes the business written by one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, which are no longer active in the insurance or reinsurance business. Such business includes both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance.

Of the three categories of claims (Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market), direct policies tend to have the greatest factual development from which to estimate the Company’s exposures.

Assumed reinsurance exposures are inherently less predictable than direct insurance exposures because the Company may not receive notice of a reinsurance claim until the underlying direct insurance claim is mature. This causes a delay in the receipt of information at the reinsurer level and adds to the uncertainty of estimating related reserves.

London Market exposures are the most uncertain of the three categories of claims. As a participant in the London Market (comprised of both Lloyd’s of London and London Market companies), certain subsidiaries of the Company wrote business on a subscription basis, with those subsidiaries’ involvement being limited to a relatively small percentage of a total contract placement. Claims are reported, via a broker, to the “lead” underwriter and, once agreed to, are presented to the following markets for concurrence. This reporting and claim agreement process makes estimating liabilities for this business the most uncertain of the three categories of claims.

64

The following table sets forth, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, paid and incurred loss activity by the three categories of claims for asbestos and environmental.

Paid and Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (“LAE”) Development – Asbestos and Environmental

	Asbestos [1]					Environmental [1]
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012	Paid Losses &  LAE			Incurred Losses &  LAE		Paid Losses &  LAE			Incurred Losses &  LAE
Gross
Direct	$	38		$	—	$	14		$	5
Assumed Reinsurance		12			—		—			—
London Market		4			—		1			—
Total		54			—		15			5
Ceded		(2	)		—		(1	)		—
Net	$	52		$	—	$	14		$	5

[1] Excludes asbestos and environmental paid and incurred loss and LAE reported in Ongoing Operations. Total gross losses and LAE incurred in Ongoing Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012 includes $4 related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total gross losses and LAE paid in Ongoing Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012 includes $4 related to asbestos and environmental claims.

Uncertainties Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves

A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for asbestos and environmental reserves including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment and the expense to indemnity ratio. The uncertainty with respect to the underlying reserve assumptions for asbestos and environmental adds a greater degree of variability to these reserve estimates than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures. While this variability is reflected in part in the size of the range of reserves developed by the Company, that range may still not be indicative of the potential variance between the ultimate outcome and the recorded reserves. The recorded net reserves as of March 31, 2012 of $2.17 billion ($1.86 billion and $319 for asbestos and environmental, respectively) is within an estimated range, unadjusted for covariance, of $1.69 billion to $2.52 billion. The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in the Company’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate. However, analyses of future developments could cause the Company to change its estimates and ranges of its asbestos and environmental reserves, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

Consistent with the Company’s long-standing reserve practices, the Company will continue to review and monitor its reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations regularly, including its annual reviews of asbestos liabilities, reinsurance recoverables and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, and environmental liabilities, and where future developments indicate, make appropriate adjustments to the reserves. The company will complete its annual ground-up asbestos and environmental reserve studies during the second quarter of 2012. For a discussion of the Company’s reserving practices, see the Critical Accounting Estimates — Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section of the MD&A included in the Company’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

65

Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts

Estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) are used in the amortization of the DAC asset, which includes the present value of future profits; sales inducement assets (“SIA”); and unearned revenue reserves (“URR”). See Note 1 and Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on DAC. See Note 8 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on SIA. Portions of EGPs are also used in the valuation of reserves for death and other insurance benefit features on variable annuity and universal life-type contracts. See Note 7 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on death and other insurance benefit reserves.

The most significant EGP based balances as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Individual Annuity				Individual Life				Retirement Plans				Life Other Operations
	2012		2011		2012		2011		2012		2011		2012		2011
DAC	$	2,403	$	2,784	$	2,034	$	2,085	$	313	$	388	$	1,200	$	1,558
SIA	$	289	$	325	$	47	$	46	$	21	$	24	$	52	$	42
URR	$	89	$	100	$	1,621	$	1,427	$	—	$	—	$	30	$	53
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves	$	976	$	1,003	$	263	$	126	$	—	$	1	$	755	$	656

Unlocks

The after-tax (charge) benefit to net income (loss) by asset and liability as a result of the Unlocks for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Individual Annuity						Individual Life						Retirement Plans				Life Other Operations					Total
	2012			2011			2012			2011			2012		2011		2012		2011			2012			2011
DAC	$	49		$	26		$	(1	)	$	(1	)	$	7	$	2	$	26	$	(1	)	$	81		$	26
SIA		3			16			—			—			—		—		—		14			3			30
URR		(1	)		2			—			—			—		—		—		—			(1	)		2
Death and Other Insurance Benefit Reserves		39			(1	)		(7	)		—			—		—		99		—			131			(1	)
Total	$	90		$	43		$	(8	)	$	(1	)	$	7	$	2	$	125	$	13		$	214		$	57

The Unlock benefit for the first quarter of 2012 and 2011 was driven by actual separate account returns being above our aggregated estimated returns.

An Unlock revises EGPs, on a quarterly basis, to reflect market updates of policyholder account value and the Company’s current best estimate assumptions. Modifications to the Company’s hedging programs may impact EGPs, and correspondingly impact DAC recoverability. After each quarterly Unlock, the Company also tests the aggregate recoverability of DAC by comparing the DAC balance to the present value of future EGPs. The margin between the DAC balance and the present value of future EGPs for U.S. and Japan individual variable annuities was 36% and 43%, respectively, as of March 31, 2012. If the margin between the DAC asset and the present value of future EGPs is exhausted, then further reductions in EGPs would cause portions of DAC to be unrecoverable and the DAC asset would be written down to equal future EGPs.

The Company expects to complete a comprehensive non-market related policyholder behavior assumption study in the third quarter of 2012 and incorporate the results of the study into its projections of future gross profits. All assumptions changes are considered an Unlock in the period of revision.

66

Goodwill Impairment

The carrying value of goodwill allocated to reporting units as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Segment Goodwill		Goodwill  in Corporate		Total
Group Benefits	$	—	$	138	$	138
Consumer Markets		119		—		119
Individual Life		224		118		342
Retirement Plans		87		69		156
Mutual Funds		159		92		251
Total	$	589	$	417	$	1,006

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company determined that a triggering event requiring an impairment assessment had occurred as a result of its decision to pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life and Retirement Plans reporting units. The Company completed an interim goodwill impairment test during the first quarter of 2012 for these two reporting units which resulted in no impairment of goodwill. Retirement Plans passed the first step of the interim goodwill impairment test with a significant margin. Individual Life passed the first step of the interim goodwill impairment test with a margin of less than 10% between the fair value and book value of the reporting unit as of February 29, 2012. The Company will continue to monitor the impact to fair value from certain assumptions such as product sales and lapse rates which may be more sensitive following the announcement of its decision and from information developed through the effort to market the reporting units.

The fair value of the Individual Life reporting unit is based on discounted cash flows using earnings projections on in force business and product sales. There could be a positive or negative impact on the result of step one in future periods if assumptions change about the level of economic capital, product sales, earnings projections or the weighted average cost of capital.

67

THE HARTFORD’S OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

The Hartford is a financial holding company for a group of subsidiaries that provide property and casualty and life insurance and investment products to both individual and business customers in the United States and continues to administer business previously sold in Japan and the U.K.

The Company conducts business in four divisions, Commercial Markets, Consumer Markets, Wealth Management and Runoff Operations, each containing reporting segments. The Commercial Markets division consists of the reporting segments of Property & Casualty Commercial and Group Benefits. The Consumer Markets division is also the reporting segment. The Wealth Management division consists of the following reporting segments: Individual Annuity, Individual Life, Retirement Plans and Mutual Funds. The Runoff division consists of Life Other Operations and Property & Casualty Other Operations. For additional discussion regarding The Hartford’s reporting segments, see Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND RATIOS

The Company considers several measures and ratios to be the key performance indicators for its businesses. The following discussions include the more significant ratios and measures of profitability for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s businesses. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the results presented in the segment discussions that follow in this MD&A. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors. For additional information on key performance measures and ratios, see Definitions of Non-GAAP and other measures and ratios within MD&A of The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Definitions of Non-GAAP and other measures and ratios

Account Value

Account value includes policyholders’ balances for investment contracts and reserves for future policy benefits for insurance contracts.

After-tax Margin, Core Earnings excluding Unlock

After-tax margin, core earnings excluding Unlock, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. After-tax margin, core earnings excluding Unlock is calculated by dividing core earnings excluding Unlocks by total core revenues excluding Unlocks. After-tax margin is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. A reconciliation of after-tax margin to after-tax margin, core earnings excluding Unlock, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in the After-tax Margin section within Key Performance Measures and Ratios.

Assets Under Management

Assets under management (“AUM”) include account values and mutual fund assets.

Catastrophe ratio

The catastrophe ratio (a component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio) represents the ratio of catastrophe losses incurred in the current calendar year (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums and includes catastrophe losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. A catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers. The catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums.

Combined ratio

The combined ratio is the sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100.0 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100.0 demonstrates underwriting losses.

Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development

The combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development, a non-GAAP financial measure, represents the combined ratio for the current accident year, excluding the impact of catastrophes. Combined ratio is the most directly comparable U.S.GAAP measure. A reconciliation of combined ratio to combined ratio before prior accident year reserve development for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in the Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development section within Key Performance Measures and Ratios.

68

Core Earnings

Core earnings, a non-GAAP measure is an important measure of the Company’s operating performance. Core earnings excludes the effect of realized gains and losses (net of tax and the effects of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”)) and discontinued operations. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to the insurance operations, so core earnings includes net realized gains and losses such as net periodic settlements on credit derivatives and net periodic settlements on the Japan fixed annuity cross-currency swap. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the income statement such as net investment income. Net income is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. A reconciliation of net income to core earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth below.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
Net income	$	96		$	501
Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		(1	)		162
Less: Net realized capital gains (losses), net of tax and DAC, excluded from core earnings		(515	)		(235	)
Core earnings	$	612		$	574

DAC amortization ratio, Core Earnings excluding Unlock

DAC amortization ratio, core earnings excluding Unlock, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. DAC amortization ratio, core earnings excluding Unlock is calculated by dividing Core DAC amortization costs by pre-tax core earnings before DAC amortization costs. DAC amortization ratio is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. A reconciliation of DAC amortization ratio to DAC amortization ratio, core earnings excluding Unlock for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in the Individual Annuity operating summary within MD&A.

Mutual Fund Assets

Mutual fund assets include retail, investment-only and college savings plan assets under Section 529 of the Code, collectively referred to as non-proprietary, and proprietary mutual funds. Non-proprietary mutual fund assets are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company. Proprietary mutual funds include mutual funds sponsored by the Company which are owned by the separate accounts of the Company to support insurance and investment products sold by the Company. The non-proprietary mutual fund assets are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Net Investment Spread

Management evaluates performance of certain products based on net investment spread. These products include those that have insignificant mortality risk, such as fixed annuities, certain general account universal life contracts and certain institutional contracts. Net investment spread is determined by taking the difference between the annualized earned rate, (excluding the effects of realized capital gains and losses, including those related to the Company’s GMWB product and related reinsurance and hedging programs), and the related annualized crediting rates on average general account assets under management. Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to insurance aspects of our businesses. Accordingly, net investment spread excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be highly variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Hartford believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations and they are included in the net investment spread calculation.

Return on Assets (“ROA”), Core Earnings excluding Unlock

ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, certain of the segment’s operating performance. ROA is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. A reconciliation of ROA to ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in the ROA section within Key Performance Measures and Ratios.

Underwriting results

Underwriting results is a before-tax measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses, underwriting expenses and policyholder dividends. Net Income is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. A reconciliation of underwriting results to net income for Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets is set forth in their respective operating summaries within MD&A.

Written and earned premiums

Written premium is a statutory accounting financial measure which represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Earned premium is a U.S. GAAP and statutory measure. The difference between written and earned premium is the change in unearned premium reserve.

69

Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development

Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development is a key indicator of overall profitability for the property and casualty underwriting segments of Property & Casualty Commercial and Consumer Markets since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year reserve development.

	Three Months Ended March  31,
	2012			2011
Property & Casualty Commercial
Combined ratio		99.7			97.9
Catastrophe ratio		2.2			2.7
Non-catastrophe prior year development		1.1			(0.1	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development		96.4			95.3
Consumer Markets
Combined ratio		87.0			87.3
Catastrophe ratio		2.8			5.4
Non-catastrophe prior year development		(4.5	)		(7.1	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development		88.8			89.0

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

• Property & Casualty Commercial’s combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development deteriorated primarily due to an increase in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio before catastrophes. The ratio increased in workers’ compensation primarily due to increased estimates of claim frequency, partially offset by moderating severity trends and earned pricing increases.

• Consumer Markets combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development improved primarily due to a lower ratio of current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes for home, driven by earned pricing increases and a decrease in the frequency of non-catastrophe weather claims, largely offset by an increase in the expense ratio.

70

Return on Assets

Return on assets is a key indicator of overall profitability for the Individual Annuity, Retirement Plans, Mutual Funds and Life Other Operations reporting segments as a significant portion of their earnings is based on average assets under management.

	Three Months Ended March  31,
Ratios	2012		2011
Individual Annuity
ROA		96.5   bps		60.1   bps
Effect of Unlock on ROA		42.9   bps		18.1   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA		6.8   bps		(3.4) bps
ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock		46.8   bps		45.4   bps
Retirement Plans
ROA		13.2   bps		3.7   bps
Effect of Unlock on ROA		5.8   bps		1.5   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA		4.4   bps		(4.4) bps
ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock		3.0   bps		6.6   bps
Mutual Funds
ROA		9.0   bps		11.0   bps
Effect of net realized gains /(losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA		—   bps		0.4   bps
ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock		9.0   bps		10.6   bps
Life Other Operations
ROA		(179.7) bps		(30.4) bps
Effect of Unlock on ROA		46.2   bps		5.7   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA		(263.6) bps		(73.0) bps
ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock		37.7   bps		36.9 bps

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to three months ended March 31, 2011

• Individual Annuity ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock, increased in 2012 primarily due to higher net income as a result of lower operating costs and other expenses.

• Retirement Plans ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock, decreased in 2012 primarily due to increased benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.

• Mutual Funds ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock, decreased in 2012 primarily due to lower fee income and other driven by lower AUM, compared to March 31, 2011.

• Life Other Operations ROA, core earnings excluding Unlock, increased in 2012 primarily due to lower benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses as a result of improvements in equity markets.

71

After-tax margin

After-tax margin is a key indicator of overall profitability for the Individual Life and Group Benefits reporting segments as a significant portion of their earnings are a result of the net margin from losses incurred on earned premiums, fees and other considerations.

	Three Months Ended March  31,
	2012			2011
Individual Life
After-tax margin		5.5	%		6.2	%
Effect of Unlock		(2.3	%)		(0.6	%)
Effect of net realized losses, net of tax and DAC		(2.0	%)		(5.0	%)
After-tax margin, core earnings excluding Unlock		9.8	%		11.8	%
Group Benefits
After-tax margin, excluding buyouts		1.7	%		1.0	%
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax		1.2	%		(0.7	%)
After-tax margin, excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses)		0.5	%		1.7	%

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

• The decrease in Individual Life after-tax margin, core earnings excluding Unlock, was primarily due to increased claim reserves, as well as lower limited partnership and alternative investment income.

• The decrease in Group Benefits after-tax margin, excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses), was primarily driven by a decrease in fully insured ongoing premiums due to the Company’s pricing actions and a challenging economic environment, as well as higher severity in group disability. The Company continues to experience elevated claims incidence and lower terminations in long-term disability.

72

Investment Results

Composition of Invested Assets

	March 31, 2012					December 31, 2011
	Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent
Fixed maturities, AFS, at fair value	$	83,157		80.8	%	$	81,809		78.3	%
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option		1,291		1.3	%		1,328		1.3	%
Equity securities, AFS, at fair value		938		0.9	%		921		0.9	%
Mortgage loans		6,275		6.1	%		5,728		5.5	%
Policy loans, at outstanding balance		1,970		1.9	%		2,001		1.9	%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments		2,732		2.7	%		2,532		2.4	%
Other investments [1]		1,259		1.2	%		2,394		2.3	%
Short-term investments		5,256		5.1	%		7,736		7.4	%
Total investments excluding equity securities, trading		102,878		100.0	%		104,449		100.0	%
Equity securities, trading, at fair value [2]		30,722					30,499
Total investments	$	133,600				$	134,948

[1] Primarily relates to derivative instruments.

[2] As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, approximately $28.7 billion and $28.5 billion, respectively, of equity securities, trading, support Japan variable annuities. Those equity securities, trading, were invested in mutual funds, which, in turn, invested in the following asset classes, Japan equity 20%, Japan fixed income (primarily government securities) 15%, global equity 21%, global government bonds 42% and cash and other 1% for both periods presented.

Total investments declined since December 31, 2011 primarily due to decreases in short-term and other investments, partially offset by an increase in fixed maturities, AFS and mortgage loans. The decline in short-term investments primarily relates to a decline in derivative collateral due to decreases in derivative market values, as well as increased allocations to mortgage loans and limited partnerships and other alternative investments. The decrease in other investments primarily related to decreases in value of derivatives largely due to an increase in the equity market, depreciation of the Japanese yen in comparison to the U.S. dollar and an increase in interest rates. The increase in fixed maturities, AFS, was largely the result of improved valuations as a result of credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates. Mortgage loans increased due to the continued funding of commercial whole loans.

Net Investment Income (Loss)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012						2011
(Before-tax)	Amount			Yield [1]			Amount			Yield [1]
Fixed maturities [2]	$	858			4.2	%	$	846			4.2	%
Equity securities, AFS		10			3.9	%		11			4.4	%
Mortgage loans		79			5.3	%		63			5.4	%
Policy loans		30			6.1	%		33			6.0	%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments		52			8.0	%		100			21.0	%
Other [3]		69						81
Investment expense		(28	)					(26	)
Total securities AFS and other		1,070			4.3	%		1,108			4.6	%
Equity securities, trading		2,866						803
Total net investment income (loss), before-tax	$	3,936					$	1,911
Total securities, AFS and other excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments	$	1,018			4.2	%	$	1,008			4.2	%

[1] Yields calculated using annualized investment income before investment expenses divided by the monthly average invested assets at cost, amortized cost, or adjusted carrying value, as applicable, excluding consolidated variable interest entity noncontrolling interests. Included in the fixed maturity yield is other, which primarily relates to derivatives (see footnote [3] below). Included in the total net investment income yield is investment expense.

[2] Includes net investment income on short-term investments.

[3] Includes income from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and hedge fixed maturities.

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Total net investment income increased largely due to equity securities, trading, resulting from improved market performance of the underlying investment funds supporting the Japanese variable annuity product. Total net investment income, excluding equity securities, trading, declined due to lower income on limited partnerships and other alternative investments as a result of greater price appreciation experienced in the underlying funds in the prior year period. These declines were partially offset by increased mortgage loan income due to additional investments in commercial whole loans. Based on the current interest rate and credit environment, the Company expects the 2012 portfolio yield, excluding limited partnerships, to be relatively consistent throughout the remainder of 2012.

73

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(Before-tax)	2012			2011
Gross gains on sales	$	259		$	61
Gross losses on sales		(97	)		(133	)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings		(29	)		(55	)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans		1			(3	)
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net [1]		(20	)		(17	)
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan		(5	)		(7	)
Results of variable annuity hedge program
U.S. GMWB derivatives, net		185			56
U.S. macro hedge program		(189	)		(84	)
Total U.S. program		(4	)		(28	)
International program		(1,219	)		(319	)
Total results of variable annuity hedge program		(1,223	)		(347	)
Other, net [2]		204			98
Net realized capital gains (losses), before-tax	$	(910	)	$	(403	)

[1] Relates to the Japanese fixed annuity product (adjustment of product liability for changes in spot currency exchange rates, related derivative hedging instruments, excluding net period coupon settlements, and Japan FVO securities).

[2] Primarily consists of gains and losses on non-qualifying derivatives and fixed maturities, FVO, Japan 3Win related foreign currency swaps, and other investment gains and losses.

Details on the Company’s net realized capital gains and losses are as follows:

Gross gains and     losses on sales	•      Net gains on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were predominately from investment grade corporate securities, asset backed securities and municipals bonds due to tactical repositioning of the portfolio. •      Net losses on sales for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were predominately from sales of U.S. Treasuries as the Company reinvested in spread product.
Net OTTI losses	•      For further information, see Other-Than-Temporary Impairments within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A.
Variable annuity hedge program	•      For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the gain on U.S. GMWB related derivatives, net, was primarily due to lower equity and interest rate volatility of $107, favorable policyholder behavior which resulted in a gain of $57, and a general increase in long-term interest rates of $37. The loss on U.S. macro hedge program for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily driven by an increase in the domestic equity market and lower equity market volatility. The loss associated with the international program for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily driven by depreciation of the yen in relation to the euro and the U.S. dollar of approximately ($619), and an improvement in global and domestic equity markets resulting in a loss of approximately ($583). •      The gain on GMWB related derivatives, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to lower implied market volatility of $39, and a general increase in long-term rates of $24. The net loss on the macro hedge program was primarily the result of weakening of the Japanese yen, higher equity market valuation and lower implied market volatility.
Other, net	•      Other, net gain for the three months ended March 31, 2012, was primarily due to gains of $189 on transactional foreign currency re-valuation associated with the internal reinsurance of the Japan variable annuity business, which is offset in AOCI, due to depreciation of the Japanese yen versus the U.S. dollar. Additional gains of $126 are related to credit derivatives driven by credit spread tightening. These gains were partially offset by losses of ($63) related to Japan 3Win foreign currency swaps primarily driven by strengthening of the currency basis swap spread between U.S. dollar and Japanese yen.. •      Other, net gain for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to gains of $61 on transactional foreign currency re-valuation due to a decrease in value of the Japanese yen versus the U.S. dollar associated with the internal reinsurance of the Japan variable annuity business, which is offset in AOCI and gains of $55 on credit derivatives driven by credit spread tightening.

74

PROPERTY & CASUALTY COMMERCIAL

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Underwriting Summary	2012			2011			Change
Written premiums	$	1,687		$	1,645			3	%
Change in unearned premium reserve		130			147			(12	%)
Earned premiums		1,557			1,498			4	%
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		1,027			962			7	%
Current accident year catastrophes		32			46			(30	%)
Prior accident years		20			(6	)		NM
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses		1,079			1,002			8	%
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		231			228			1	%
Underwriting expenses		245			234			5	%
Dividends to policyholders		(2	)		4			NM
Underwriting results		4			30			(87	%)
Net servicing income		4			—			—
Net investment income		235			242			(3	%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)		43			(23	)		NM
Other expenses		(30	)		(40	)		25	%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes		256			209			22	%
Income tax expense		66			46			43	%
Income from continuing operations, net of tax		190			163			17	%
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax [1]		(1	)		160			NM
Net income	$	189		$	323			(41	%)

[1] Represents the income from operations and sale of Specialty Risk Services (“SRS”). For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Premium Measures [1]	2012			2011
New business premium	$	268		$	303
Standard commercial lines policy count retention		83	%		83	%
Standard commercial lines renewal written pricing increase		7	%		3	%
Standard commercial lines renewal earned pricing increase		4	%		1	%
Standard commercial lines policies in-force as of end of period		1,261,154			1,230,495

[1] Standard commercial lines represents the Company’s small commercial and middle market property and casualty lines.

75

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Ratios	2012			2011			Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Current accident year before catastrophes		66.0			64.3			(1.7	)
Current accident year catastrophes		2.1			3.0			0.9
Prior accident years		1.3			(0.4	)		(1.7	)
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio		69.3			66.9			(2.4	)
Expense ratio		30.6			30.8			0.2
Policyholder dividend ratio		(0.1	)		0.3			0.4
Combined ratio		99.7			97.9			(1.8	)
Catastrophe ratio
Current accident year		2.1			3.0			0.9
Prior accident years		0.2			(0.3	)		(0.5	)
Total catastrophe ratio		2.2			2.7			0.5
Combined ratio before catastrophes		97.5			95.2			(2.3	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development		96.4			95.3			(1.1	)
Other revenues [1]	$	22		$	23			(4	%)

[1] Represents servicing revenues.

Three ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2012, as compared to the prior year period, primarily due to the gain on sale of SRS in 2011, partially offset by an increase in net realized capital gains in 2012.

Current accident year catastrophe losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 of $32, pre-tax, primarily included tornadoes in the Midwest and South. In 2011, current accident year catastrophe losses of $46, pre-tax, primarily included winter storms in the Northeast and Midwest.

For information regarding prior accident years reserve development, including reserve (releases) strengthenings by reserve line, see the Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section within Critical Accounting Estimates.

The increase in earned premiums for the three months ended March 31, 2012, is primarily due to improvements in workers’ compensation, driven by earned premium increases from higher new business premium in the later half 2011, renewal earned pricing increases and an increase in policies-in-force. The earned pricing changes were primarily a reflection of written pricing changes over the last year. Renewal written pricing increased for all standard commercial lines driven by improving market conditions.

Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased, due primarily to increases in earned premiums and current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in workers’ compensation. The ratio increased in workers’ compensation primarily due to increased estimates of claim frequency, partially offset by moderating severity trends and earned pricing increases.

Net realized capital gains increased primarily due to gains on asset backed and investment grade corporate securities. For additional information, see the Investment Results section within Key Performance Measures and Ratios.

The effective tax rate in both periods differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For further discussion, see Income Taxes within Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

76

GROUP BENEFITS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Premiums and other considerations	$	972		$	1,044			(7	%)
Net investment income		99			104			(5	%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)		20			(14	)		NM
Total revenues		1,091			1,134			(4	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		807			828			(3	%)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		8			9			(11	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		258			291			(11	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		1,073			1,128			(5	%)
Income before income taxes		18			6			NM
Income tax expense		—			(5	)		100	%
Net income	$	18		$	11			64	%
Premiums and other considerations
Fully insured – ongoing premiums	$	954		$	1,028			(7	%)
Buyout premiums		3			—			—
Other		15			16			(6	%)
Total premiums and other considerations	$	972		$	1,044			(7	%)
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts	$	228		$	244			(7	%)
Ratios, excluding buyouts
Loss ratio		83.0	%		79.3	%
Loss ratio, excluding financial institutions		87.4	%		84.4	%
Expense ratio		27.5	%		28.7	%
Expense ratio, excluding financial institutions		24.2	%		23.6	%

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income increased, relative to the comparable prior year period, primarily due to improvements in realized capital gains (losses), partially offset by lower premiums and other considerations. Fully insured ongoing premiums decreased 7% due to the competitive marketplace, while the Company remains disciplined in meeting pricing expectations.

The increase in the loss ratio was primarily due to higher severity in group disability. In addition, the Company continues to experience elevated claims incidence and lower terminations in long-term disability.

The change in insurance operating costs and other expenses is due to lower commission payments as a result of lower sales and a one-time payment to a third party administrator in the first quarter of 2011.

The effective tax rate, in both periods, differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For further discussion, see Income Taxes within Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

77

CONSUMER MARKETS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Written premiums	$	861		$	884			(3	%)
Change in unearned premium reserve		(48	)		(72	)		33	%
Earned premiums		909			956			(5	%)
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes		574			616			(7	%)
Current accident year catastrophes		39			32			22	%
Prior accident years		(55	)		(49	)		(12	%)
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses		558			599			(7	%)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs		83			85			(2	%)
Underwriting expenses		150			149			1	%
Underwriting results		118			123			(4	%)
Net servicing income		6			6			—
Net investment income		43			50			(14	%)
Net realized capital gains (losses)		7			(4	)		NM
Other expenses		(15	)		(14	)		(7	%)
Income before income taxes		159			161			(1	%)
Income tax expense		51			53			(4	%)
Net income	$	108		$	108			—
	Three Months Ended March 31,
Written Premiums	2012			2011			Change
Product Line
Automobile	$	620		$	641			(3	%)
Homeowners		241			243			(1	%)
Total	$	861		$	884			(3	%)
Earned Premiums
Product Line
Automobile	$	632		$	672			(6	%)
Homeowners		277			284			(2	%)
Total	$	909		$	956			(5	%)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Premium Measures	2012			2011
Policies in-force end of period
Automobile		2,065,317			2,178,719
Homeowners		1,330,117			1,402,264
Total policies in-force end of period		3,395,434			3,580,983
New business written premium
Automobile	$	86		$	66
Homeowners	$	25		$	19
Policy count retention
Automobile		84	%		82	%
Homeowners		85	%		83	%
Renewal written pricing increase
Automobile		4	%		7	%
Homeowners		6	%		9	%
Renewal earned pricing increase
Automobile		4	%		7	%
Homeowners		7	%		10	%

78

		$00000.00			$00000.00			$00000.00
	Three Months Ended March 31,
Ratios and Supplemental Data	2012			2011			Change
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Current accident year before catastrophes		63.1			64.3			1.2
Current accident year catastrophes		4.3			3.4			(0.9	)
Prior accident years		(6.1	)		(5.1	)		1.0
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio		61.4			62.6			1.2
Expense ratio		25.6			24.7			(0.9	)
Combined ratio		87.0			87.3			0.3
Catastrophe ratio
Current year		4.3			3.4			(0.9	)
Prior years		(1.5	)		2.0			3.5
Total catastrophe ratio		2.8			5.4			2.6
Combined ratio before catastrophes		84.3			81.9			(2.4	)
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident years development		88.8			89.0			0.2
Other revenues [1]	$	37		$	40			(8	%)

[1] Represents servicing revenues.

		$000000.00		$000000.00		$000000.00
	Three Months Ended March 31,
Product Line Combined Ratios	2012		2011		Change
Automobile		88.4		85.2		(3.2	)
Homeowners		83.8		91.5		7.7
Total		87.0		87.3		0.3

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income remained flat, as compared to the prior year, as lower earned premium was largely offset by a corresponding decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses ratio before catastrophes. In addition, an increase in net realized capital gains was largely offset by a decrease in net investment income.

Earned premiums decreased in both auto and homeowners as non-renewal of existing policies more than offset the impacts of new business written premium. Compared to 2011, the number of policies in-force as of March 31, 2012 decreased for both auto and home, driven by non-renewals.

Policy count retention for auto and home increased as moderating renewal written price increases improved the Company’s price competitiveness.

Auto and home new business written premium increased primarily due to more competitive new business pricing in AARP Direct and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the sale of the AARP auto product through independent agents.

The lower auto and homeowners renewal earned pricing in the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily due to lower rate increases. For both auto and homeowners, the increase in average earned premium for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was lower than the increase in earned pricing, reflecting changes in the mix of business by territory, class plan and pricing tier, including the effect of the continued shift to more preferred market business which has lower average earned premium,

Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased primarily due to lower earned premiums and a decrease in the overall current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes. The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes decreased primarily due to a decrease in home, partially offset by an increase in auto. The decrease for home was primarily due to earned pricing increases and a decrease in the frequency of non-catastrophe weather claims. The increase for auto was primarily due to higher auto physical damage loss cost severity, largely offset by the effect of earned pricing increases and lower estimated auto liability severity.

Current accident year catastrophe losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 of $39, pre-tax, primarily included losses from tornadoes and thunderstorms in the Midwest and South. In 2011, current accident year catastrophe losses of $32, pre-tax, primarily included losses from winter storms in the Northeast and Midwest.

For information regarding prior accident years reserve development, see the Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section within Critical Accounting Estimates.

The effective tax rate, in both periods, differs from the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily due to permanent differences related to investments in tax exempt securities. For further discussion, see Income Taxes within Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

79

INDIVIDUAL ANNUITY

	Three Months Ended March, 31
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Fee income and other	$	321		$	375			(14	%)
Earned premiums		47			65			(28	%)
Net investment income		199			197			1	%
Net realized capital gains (losses)		20			(28	)		NM
Total revenues		587			609			(4	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		182			251			(27	%)
Amortization of DAC		9			42			(79	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		128			142			(10	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		319			435			(27	%)
Income before income taxes		268			174			54	%
Income tax expense		70			31			126	%
Net income	$	198		$	143			38	%
Assets Under Management
Fixed MVA annuity and other account values	$	11,507		$	12,136			(5	%)
Variable annuity account values		72,235			82,977			(13	%)
Total assets under management	$	83,742		$	95,113			(12	%)
Account Value Roll Forward
Variable Annuities
Account value, beginning of period	$	68,760		$	83,013			(17	%)
Net flows		(2,641	)		(3,179	)		17	%
Change in market value and other		6,116			3,143			95	%
Account value, end of period	$	72,235		$	82,977			(13	%)
Net Investment Spread		43 bps			31 bps			12 bps
Expense Ratios
General insurance expense ratio		6 bps			5 bps
DAC amortization ratio		3.2	%		19.4	%
Effect of realized gains (losses) on DAC amortization		0.1	%		(4.6	%)
Effect of Unlocks on DAC amortization		(39.0	%)		(20.0	%)
DAC amortization ratio, core earnings, excluding Unlock		42.1	%		44.0	%

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income increased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to an increase in the Unlock benefit, net realized capital gains in 2012 compared to losses in 2011 and lower operating costs and other expenses. These improvements were offset by lower fee income in 2012 related to lower account values driven by net outflows.

The Unlock benefit was $90, after-tax, in 2012 as compared to $43, after-tax, in 2011. The Unlock benefit in 2012 was driven primarily by actual separate account returns above our aggregate estimated returns. For further discussion of the Unlock see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Net realized capital gains in 2012 were primarily due to decreased losses on the variable annuity hedging program. Variable annuity hedging program losses were $4 in 2012 compared with losses of $28 in 2011. For further discussion on the results of the variable annuity hedging program see Investment Results, Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) within Key Performance Measures and Ratios of the MD&A.

Net investment spread increased by 12 bps in 2012 compared to 2011, driven by lower crediting rates and higher investment returns. Crediting rates decreased by 10 bps driven by lower crediting rates on renewal business in contrast to in-force business with higher crediting rates. In addition, yields increased by 2 bps.

Individual Annuity’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences for the separate account DRD on annuity products. Income tax expense includes separate account DRD benefits of $23 in 2012 compared to $28 in 2011. The separate account DRD is expected to decrease in 2012 primarily due to net outflows associated with the announced runoff of the Individual Annuity business. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

80

INDIVIDUAL LIFE

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Fee income and other	$	255		$	233			9	%
Earned premiums		(28	)		(24	)		(17	%)
Net investment income		122			111			10	%
Net realized capital losses		(1	)		(30	)		97	%
Total revenues		348			290			20	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		216			182			19	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		70			61			15	%
Amortization of DAC		39			25			56	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		325			268			21	%
Income before income taxes		23			22			5	%
Income tax expense		4			4			—
Net income	$	19		$	18			6	%
Account Values
Individual variable universal life insurance	$	5,996		$	6,235			(4	%)
Universal life, interest sensitive whole life, modified guaranteed life insurance and other		6,932			6,235			11	%
Total account values	$	12,928		$	12,470			4	%
Individual Life Insurance In-force
Variable universal life insurance	$	68,642		$	72,946			(6	%)
Universal life, interest sensitive whole life, modified guaranteed life insurance		65,400			59,613			10	%
Term life		82,659			77,138			7	%
Total life insurance in-force	$	216,701		$	209,697			3	%
Net Investment Spread		144 bps			162 bps			(18	) bps
Death Benefits	$	105		$	105			—

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income remained flat in 2012 compared to 2011 as increased revenues in the first quarter of 2012 were largely offset by increased expenses during the period. While total net investment income increased due to improved equity market performance in 2012, net investment income, excluding equity securities, trading, declined in 2012 due to lower income on limited partnerships and other alternative investments as a result of greater price appreciation experienced in the underlying funds in 2011. The increase in expenses was driven primarily by increased claim reserves.

The Unlock charge was $8, after-tax, for 2012 compared to $1, after-tax, for 2011. As separate account returns in the first quarter of 2012 were below our aggregated estimated return for the period, the Unlock charge increased in 2012 compared to 2011 resulting in increases in fee income, benefit and claim expense and DAC amortization. For further discussion of Unlocks see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Net investment spread decreased by 18 bps in 2012 compared to 2011, driven by lower yields of 16 bps and higher crediting rates of 2 bps. Death benefits remained flat in 2012 compared to 2011 although mortality experience during the quarter was slightly favorable.

Individual Life’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences for the separate account DRD. Income tax expense includes separate account DRD benefits of $3 in 2012 and 2011. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2012, the Company announced its decision to pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life business. For further discussion of this announcement, see MD&A – Outlooks.

81

RETIREMENT PLANS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012		2011			Change
Fee income and other	$	94	$	94			—
Earned premiums		2		3			(33	%)
Net investment income		101		99			2	%
Net realized capital gains (losses)		14		(9	)		NM
Total revenues		211		187			13	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		81		72			13	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		109		108			1	%
Amortization of DAC		—		7			(100	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		190		187			2	%
Income (loss) before income taxes		21		—			—
Income tax expense (benefit)		3		(5	)		NM
Net income	$	18	$	5			NM
Assets Under Management
401(k) account values	$	23,378	$	21,891			7	%
403(b)/457 account values		13,725		13,133			5	%
401(k)/403(b) mutual funds		20,052		20,324			(1	%)
Total assets under management	$	57,155	$	55,348			3	%
Assets Under Management Roll Forward
Assets under management, beginning of period	$	52,302	$	52,518			—
Net flows		425		662			(35	%)
Change in market value and other		4,428		2,168			104	%
Assets under management, end of period	$	57,155	$	55,348			3	%
Net Investment Spread		84 bps		140 bps			(56	) bps

Three Months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income increased in 2012 compared to 2011 largely due to realized capital gains in 2012 compared to losses in 2011 and a more favorable Unlock benefit. In addition, benefits losses and loss adjustment expenses increased due to higher interest credited on general account assets. In March 2012 the Company announced its decision to pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Retirement Plans business.

The Unlock benefit was $7, after-tax, in 2012 as compared $2, after-tax, in 2011. The Unlock benefits in both 2012 and 2011were primarily due to actual separate account returns above our aggregated estimated returns. For further discussion of Unlocks see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Net investment income increased in 2012 compared to 2011 although portfolio yields were lower in 2012. Net investment spread decreased by 56 bps driven by lower yields of 53 bps and higher crediting rates of 3 bps.

Retirement Plans’ effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to permanent differences for the separate account DRD. For 2012 and 2011 income taxes include separate account DRD benefits of $5. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

82

MUTUAL FUNDS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Fee income and other	$	151		$	178			(15	%)
Net investment loss		(1	)		(1	)		—
Net realized capital gains		1			1			—
Total revenues		151			178			(15	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		111			123			(10	%)
Amortization of DAC		9			12			(25	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		120			135			(11	%)
Income before income taxes		31			43			(28	%)
Income tax expense		11			15			(27	%)
Net income	$	20		$	28			(29	%)
Assets Under Management
Retail mutual fund assets	$	43,575		$	51,064			(15	%)
Investment Only mutual fund assets		7,929			7,298			9	%
529 College Savings Plan assets		1,740			1,583			10	%
Total non-proprietary assets		53,244			59,945			(11	%)
Proprietary mutual fund assets		39,161			44,044			(11	%)
Total mutual fund assets under management	$	92,405		$	103,989			(11	%)
Non-Proprietary AUM Roll Forward
Non-Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, beginning of period	$	48,768		$	56,884			(14	%)
Net flows		(1,037	)		994			NM
Change in market value and other		5,513			2,067			167	%
Non-Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, end of period	$	53,244		$	59,945			(11	%)
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM Roll Forward
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, beginning of period	$	36,770		$	43,602			(16	%)
Net flows		(1,372	)		(1,507	)		9	%
Change in market value		3,763			1,949			93	%
Proprietary Mutual Fund AUM, end of period	$	39,161		$	44,044			(11	%)

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net income decreased in 2012 primarily due to lower fee income and other driven by lower AUM compared to March 31, 2011. AUM decreased in 2012 compared to 2011 due to lower new business deposit activity and a higher redemption rate, offset by a significant improvement in equity market performance. AUM at March 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 has increased as equity markets rebound and the redemption rate trends lower.

83

LIFE OTHER OPERATIONS

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Fee income and other	$	246		$	260			(5	%)
Earned premiums		(2	)		(6	)		67	%
Net investment income
Securities available-for-sale and other		240			251			(4	%)
Equity securities trading [1]		2,865			803			NM
Total net investment income		3,105			1,054			195	%
Net realized capital losses		(1,040	)		(282	)		NM
Total revenues		2,309			1,026			125	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		109			239			(54	%)
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses – returns credited on international variable annuities [1]		2,864			803			NM
Amortization of DAC		(58	)		42			NM
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		56			64			(13	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		2,971			1,148			159	%
Loss before income taxes		(662	)		(122	)		NM
Income tax benefit		(257	)		(52	)		NM
Net loss	$	(405	)	$	(70	)		NM
Assets Under Management [2]
Variable annuity account values	$	31,392		$	33,027			(5	%)
Fixed MVA annuity and other account values [3]		4,469			4,463			—
Institutional annuity account values [4]		18,622			19,326			(4	%)
Private Placement Life Insurance (“PPLI”)		36,830			36,424			1	%
Account Value Roll Forward
Variable Annuities
Account value, beginning of period	$	31,162		$	33,507			(7	%)
Net flows		(505	)		(476	)		(6	%)
Change in market value and other		2,681			610			NM
Effect of currency translation		(1,946	)		(614	)		NM
Account value, end of period	$	31,392		$	33,027			(5	%)

[1] Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities, trading, supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.

[2] International and institutional annuities were transferred retrospectively from Individual Annuity; PPLI was transferred retrospectively from Individual Life.

[3] Includes approximately $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion related to the triggering of the guaranteed minimum income benefit for the 3 Win product as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This account value is not expected to generate material future profit or loss to the Company.

[4] Included in the balance is approximately $1.3 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and $1.4 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2011 related to an intrasegment funding agreement which is eliminated in consolidation.

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net loss increased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to higher net realized capital losses, offset in part by an increased Unlock benefit in 2012. In addition, benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased in 2012 reflecting the improvement in equity market performance.

The net increase in realized capital losses in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to losses in the variable annuity hedging program. Variable annuity hedging program losses were $1.2 billion in 2012 compared to losses of $319 in 2011. For further discussion on the results of the variable annuity hedging program see Investment Results, Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) within Key Performance Measures and Ratios of the MD&A.

The Unlock benefit was $125, after-tax, in 2012 compared to $13, after-tax, in 2011. The Unlock benefit in 2012 was primarily a result of actual separate account returns above our aggregated estimated returns. For further discussion of the Unlock see the Critical Accounting Estimates within the MD&A.

Life Other Operations effective tax rate for 2012 differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the utilization of foreign net operating losses resulting in the release of approximately $19 of the foreign deferred tax asset valuation allowance. In 2011, varying tax rates by country drove the difference in Life Other Operations effective tax rate compared to the statutory rate. For further discussion, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

84

PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS

		$000,000		$000,000			$000,000
	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012		2011			Change
Net investment income		39		39			—
Net realized capital gains (losses)		11		(3	)		NM
Other revenue		—		1			—
Total revenues		50		37			35	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		6		4			50	%
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		8		7			14	%
Total benefits, losses and expenses		14		11			27	%
Income before income taxes		36		26			38	%
Income tax benefit		9		5			80	%
Net income	$	27	$	21			29	%

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

The net income in Property & Casualty Other Operations increased in 2012, as compared to 2011, primarily due to an increase in net realized capital gains (losses). The change in net realized capital gains (losses) is a result of increases in trading and derivative gains, primarily due to gains on asset backed and investment grade corporate securities.

For information on net asbestos and environmental reserves, see Property & Casualty Other Operations Claims within the Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section in Critical Accounting Estimates.

CORPORATE

	Three Months Ended March 31,
Operating Summary	2012			2011			Change
Earned premiums	$	—		$	(1	)		100	%
Fee income [1]		52			53			(2	%)
Net investment income		(6	)		16			NM
Net realized capital gains (losses)		15			(11	)		NM
Total revenues		61			57			7	%
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses		—			1			(100	%)
Insurance operating costs and other expenses		85			60			42	%
Interest expense		124			128			(3	%)
Total benefits, losses and expenses		209			189			11	%
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(148	)		(132	)		(12	%)
Income tax benefit		(52	)		(44	)		(18	%)
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax		(96	)		(88	)		(9	%)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax [2]		—			2			(100	%)
Net loss	$	(96	)	$	(86	)		(12	%)

[1] Fee income includes the income associated with the sales of non-proprietary insurance products in the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries that has an offsetting commission expense in insurance operating costs and other expenses.

[2] Represents the loss from operations and sale of Federal Trust Corporation. For additional information, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011

The net loss in Corporate increased primarily due to an increase in insurance operating costs and other expenses as a result of severance charges due to the Company’s ongoing efficiency and expense reduction initiatives and a compensation related accrual recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2012.

See Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

85

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company has an enterprise risk management function (“ERM”) that is charged with providing analysis of the Company’s risks on an individual and aggregated basis and with ensuring that the Company’s risks remain within its risk appetite and tolerances. The Company has established the Enterprise Risk and Capital Committee (“ERCC”) that includes the Company’s CEO, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”), Chief Risk Officer, the divisional Presidents and the General Counsel. The ERCC is responsible for managing the Company’s risks and overseeing the enterprise risk management program.

The Company categorizes its main risks as follows:

• Insurance Risk

• Operational Risk

• Financial Risk

Refer to the MD&A in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report for an explanation of the Company’s Insurance and Operational Risks.

Financial Risk Management

The Company identifies the following categories of financial risk:

• Liquidity Risk

• Interest Rate Risk

• Variable Product Guarantee Risks

• Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

• Credit Risk

Financial risks include direct, and indirect risks to the Company’s financial objectives coming from events that impact market conditions or prices. Financial risk also includes exposure to events that may cause correlated movement in multiple risk factors. The primary source of financial risks are the Company’s general account assets and the liabilities which those assets back, together with the guarantees which the company has written over various liability products, particularly its portfolio of variable annuities. The Company assesses its financial risk on a U.S. GAAP, statutory and economic basis. The Hartford has developed a disciplined approach to financial risk management that is well integrated into the Company’s underwriting, pricing, hedging, claims, asset and liability management, new product, and capital management processes. Consistent with its risk appetite, the Company establishes financial risk limits to control potential loss. Exposures are actively monitored, and mitigated where appropriate. The Company uses various risk management strategies, including reinsurance and over-the-counter and exchange traded derivatives to transfer risk to well-established and financially secure counterparties. The Company’s Chief Market Risk Officer has enterprise responsibility for establishing and maintaining the framework, principles, and guidelines of The Hartford’s financial risk management program.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk to current or prospective earnings or capital arising from the company’s inability or perceived inability to meet its contractual cash obligations at the legal entity level when they come due over given horizons without incurring unacceptable costs and without relying on uncommitted funding sources. Liquidity risk includes the inability to manage unplanned increases or accelerations in cash outflows, decreases or changes in funding sources, and changes in market conditions that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly to meet obligations with minimal loss in value. Components of liquidity risk include funding risk, transaction risk and market liquidity risk. Funding risk is the gap between sources and uses of cash under normal and stressed conditions taking into consideration structural, regulatory and legal entity constraints. Changes in institution-specific conditions that affect the Company’s ability to sell assets or otherwise transact business without incurring a significant loss in value is transaction risk. Changes in general market conditions that affect the institution’s ability to sell assets or otherwise transact business without incurring a significant loss in value is market liquidity risk.

The Company has defined ongoing monitoring and reporting requirements to assess liquidity across the enterprise. The Company measures and manages liquidity risk exposures and funding needs within prescribed limits and across legal entities, business lines and currencies, taking into account legal, regulatory and operational limitations to the transferability of liquidity. The Company also monitors internal and external conditions, identifies material risk changes and emerging risks that may impact liquidity. The Company’s CFO has primary responsibility for liquidity risk.

For further discussion on liquidity see the section on Capital Resources and Liquidity.

86

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk of financial loss due to adverse changes in the value of assets and liabilities arising from movements in interest rates. Interest rate risk encompasses exposures with respect to changes in the level of interest rates, the shape of the term structure of rates and the volatility of interest rates. Interest rate risk does not include exposure to changes in credit spreads. The Company has exposure to interest rates arising from its fixed securities, interest sensitive liabilities and discount rate assumptions associated with the Company’s pension and other post retirement benefit obligations.

An increase in interest rates from current levels is generally a favorable development for the Company. Rate increases are expected to provide additional net investment income, increase sales of fixed rate Wealth Management and Life Other Operations investment products, reduce the cost of the variable annuity hedging program, limit the potential risk of margin erosion due to minimum guaranteed crediting rates in certain Wealth Management and Life Other Operations products and, if sustained, could reduce the Company’s prospective pension expense. Conversely, a rise in interest rates will reduce the fair value of the investment portfolio, increase interest expense on the Company’s variable rate debt obligations and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain Wealth Management and Life Other Operations businesses may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders will surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment requiring the Company to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. In conjunction with the interest rate risk measurement and management techniques, certain of Wealth Management and Life Other Operation’s fixed income product offerings have market value adjustment provisions at contract surrender. An increase in interest rates may also impact the Company’s tax planning strategies and in particular its ability to utilize tax benefits associated with certain previously recognized realized capital losses.

A decline in interest rates results in certain mortgage-backed securities being more susceptible to paydowns and prepayments. During such periods, the Company generally will not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable yields. Lower interest rates will also likely result in lower net investment income, increased hedging cost associated with variable annuities and, if declines are sustained for a long period of time, it may subject the Company to reinvestment risks, higher pension costs expense and possibly reduced profit margins associated with guaranteed crediting rates on certain Wealth Management and Life Other Operations products. Conversely, the fair value of the investment portfolio will increase when interest rates decline and the Company’s interest expense will be lower on its variable rate debt obligations.

The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk by constructing investment portfolios that maintain asset allocation limits and asset/liability duration matching targets which may include the use of derivatives. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models and cash flow simulation under various market scenarios of the liabilities and their supporting investment portfolios, which may include derivative instruments. Measures the Company uses to quantify its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in its invested assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities include duration, convexity and key rate duration. Duration is the price sensitivity of a financial instrument or series of cash flows to a parallel change in the underlying yield curve used to value the financial instrument or series of cash flows. For example, a duration of 5 means the price of the security will change by approximately 5% for a 100 basis point change in interest rates. Convexity is used to approximate how the duration of a security changes as interest rates change in a parallel manner. Key rate duration analysis measures the price sensitivity of a security or series of cash flows to each point along the yield curve and enables the Company to estimate the price change of a security assuming non-parallel interest rate movements.

The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk based upon the discount rate assumption associated with the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. The discount rate assumption is based upon an interest rate yield curve comprised of bonds rated Aa with maturities primarily between zero and thirty years. For further discussion of interest rate risk associated with the benefit obligations, see the Critical Accounting Estimates Section of the MD&A under Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report. In addition, management evaluates performance of certain Wealth Management and Life Other Operations products based on net investment spread which is, in part, influenced by changes in interest rates. For further discussion, see the Individual Annuity, Individual Life, and Retirement Plans sections of the MD&A.

87

Variable Product Guarantee Risks and Risk Management

The Company’s variable products are significantly influenced by the U.S., Japanese, and other equity markets. Increases or declines in equity markets impact certain assets and liabilities related to the Company’s variable products and the Company’s earnings derived from those products. The Company’s variable products include variable annuity contracts, mutual funds, and variable life insurance.

Generally, declines in equity markets will:

• reduce the value of assets under management and the amount of fee income generated from those assets;

• reduce the value of equity securities trading supporting the international variable annuities, the related policyholder funds and benefits payable, and the amount of fee income generated from those variable annuities;

• increase the liability for GMWB benefits resulting in realized capital losses;

• increase the value of derivative assets used to hedge product guarantees resulting in realized capital gains;

• increase the costs of the hedging instruments we use in our hedging program;

• increase the Company’s net amount at risk for GMDB and GMIB benefits;

• decrease the Company’s actual gross profits, resulting in increased DAC amortization;

• increase the amount of required assets to be held backing variable annuity guarantees to maintain required regulatory reserve levels and targeted risk based capital ratios; and

• decrease the Company’s estimated future gross profits. See Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts within the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A for further information.

Generally, increases in equity markets will reduce the value of the dynamic hedge program and macro hedge derivative assets, resulting in realized capital losses, and will generally have the inverse impact of those listed above. See section on Variable Annuity Hedging Program for more information.

Variable Annuity Guaranteed Benefits

The majority of the Company’s U.S., Japan, and U.K. variable annuities include optional living benefit and guaranteed minimum death benefit features. The net amount at risk (“NAR”) is generally defined as the guaranteed minimum benefit amount in excess of the contractholder’s current account value. Global variable annuity account values with guarantee features were $103.6 billion and $99.8 billion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following table summarizes the account values of the Company’s U.S. and Japan variable annuities with guarantee features and the NAR split between various guarantee features (retained net amount at risk does not take into consideration the effects of the variable annuity hedge programs currently in place):

Total Variable Annuity Guarantees
As of March 31, 2012
($ in billions)	Account Value		Gross Net Amount at Risk		Retained Net Amount at Risk		% of Contracts In the Money			% In the Money[4]
U. S Variable Annuity [1]
GMDB [2]	$	72.2	$	7.7	$	2.7		56	%		12	%
GMWB		38.3		0.9		0.7		28	%		9	%
Japan Variable Annuity [1]
GMDB		29.4		7.6		6.5		98	%		21	%
GMIB [3]		27.4		4.8		4.8		99	%		15	%
UK Variable Annuity [1]
GMDB		2.0		0.1		0.1		100	%		3	%
GMWB		1.8		0.0		0.0		31	%		N/A

88

Total Variable Annuity Guarantees
As of December 31, 2011
($ in billions)	Account Value		Gross Net Amount at Risk		Retained Net Amount at Risk		% of Contracts In the Money			% In the Money[4]
U. S Variable Annuity [1]
GMDB [2]	$	68.7	$	12.0	$	5.1		77	%		15	%
GMWB		36.6		1.9		1.6		45	%		12	%
Japan Variable Annuity [1]
GMDB		29.2		10.9		9.4		99	%		27	%
GMIB [3]		27.3		7.5		7.5		99	%		22	%
UK Variable Annuity [1]
GMDB		1.9		0.08		0.08		100	%		4	%
GMWB		1.8		0.07		0.07		57	%		3	%

[1] Policies with a guaranteed living benefits (a GMWB in the US or UK, or a GMIB in Japan) also have a guaranteed death benefit. The net amount at risk (“NAR”) for each benefit is shown; however these benefits are not additive. When a policy terminates due to death, any NAR related to GMWB or GMIB is released. Similarly, when a policy goes into benefit status on a GMWB or, by contract, the GMDB NAR is reduced to $0. When a policy goes into benefit status on a GMIB, its GMDB NAR is released

[2] Excludes group annuity contracts with GMDB benefits.

[3] Includes small amount of GMWB and GMAB

[4] For all contracts that are “in the money”, this represents the percentage by which the average contract was in the money.

Many policyholders with a GMDB also have a GMWB in the U.S. or GMIB in Japan. Policyholders that have a product that offer both guarantees can only receive the GMDB or the GMIB benefit in Japan or the GMDB or GMWB in the U.S. For additional information on the Company’s GMDB liability, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company expects to incur these payments in the future only if the policyholder has an “in the money” GMWB at their death or their account value is reduced to a specified level, through contractually permitted withdrawals and/or market declines. If the account value is reduced to the specified level, the contract holder will receive an annuity equal to the guaranteed remaining benefit (“GRB”) . For the Company’s “life-time” GMWB products, this annuity can continue beyond the GRB. As the account value fluctuates with equity market returns on a daily basis and the “life-time” GMWB payments can exceed the GRB, the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than the Company’s current carried liability. For additional information on the Company’s GMWB liability, see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

For GMIB contracts, in general, the policyholder has the right to elect to annuitize benefits, beginning (for certain products) on the tenth or fifteenth anniversary year of contract commencement, receive lump sum payment of the then current account value, or remain in the variable sub-account. For GMIB contracts, if the policyholder makes the election, the policyholder is entitled to receive the original investment value over a 10- to 15- year annuitization period. A small percentage of the contracts will first become eligible to elect annuitization beginning in 2013. The remainder of the contracts will first become eligible to elect annuitization from 2014 to 2022. Because policyholders have various contractual rights to defer their annuitization election, the period over which annuitization election can take place is subject to policyholder behavior and therefore indeterminate. In addition, upon annuitization the contractholder surrenders access to the account value and the account value is transferred to the Company’s general account where it is invested and the additional investment proceeds are used towards payment of the original investment value. If the original investment value exceeds the account value upon annuitization then the contract is “in the money”. As of March 31, 2012, 69% of retained NAR is reinsured to an affiliate of The Hartford. For additional information on the Company’s GMIB liability, see Note 7 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table represents the timing of account values eligible for annuitization under the Japan GMIB as of March 31, 2012, as well as the NAR. The account values reflect 100% annuitization at the earliest point allowed by the contract and no adjustments for future market returns and policyholder behaviors. Future market returns, changes in the value of the Japanese yen and policyholder behaviors will impact account values eligible for annuitization in the years presented.

	GMIB [1]
($ in billions)	Account Value		Net Amount at Risk
2013	$	0.3	$	0.0
2014		4.5		0.5
2015		7.4		1.2
2016		2.4		0.5
2017		2.8		0.7
2018 & beyond [2]		6.9		1.3
Total	$	24.3	$	4.2

[1] Excludes certain non-GMIB living benefits of $3.0 billion of account value and $0.6 billion of NAR.

[2] In 2018 & beyond, $2.6 billion of the $6.9 billion is primarily associated with account value that is eligible in 2021.

89

Variable Annuity Market Risk Exposures

The following table summarizes the broad Variable Annuity Guarantees offered by the Company and the market risks to which the guarantee is most exposed from a U.S. GAAP accounting perspective.

Variable Annuity Guarantees [1]	U.S. GAAP Treatment [1]	Primary Market Risk Exposures [1]
U.S. Variable Guarantees
GMDB	Accumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paid	Equity Market Levels
GMWB	Fair Value	Equity Market Levels / Implied Volatility / Interest Rates
For Life Component of GMWB	Accumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paid	Equity Market Levels
International Variable Guarantees
GMDB & GMIB	Accumulation of the portion of fees required to cover expected claims, less accumulation of actual claims paid	Equity Market Levels / Interest Rates / Foreign Currency
GMWB	Fair Value	Equity Market Levels / Implied Volatility / Interest Rates / Foreign Currency
GMAB	Fair Value	Equity Market Levels / Implied Volatility / Interest Rates / Foreign Currency

[1] Each of these guarantees and the related U.S. GAAP accounting volatility will also be influenced by actual and estimated policyholder behavior.

Risk Hedging

Variable Annuity Hedging Program

The Company’s variable annuity hedging is primarily focused on reducing the economic exposure to market risks associated with guaranteed benefits that are embedded in our global VA contracts through the use of reinsurance and capital market derivative instruments. The variable annuity hedging also considers the potential impacts on Statutory accounting results.

Reinsurance

The Company uses reinsurance for a portion of contracts with GMWB riders issued prior to the third quarter of 2003 and GMWB risks associated with a block of business sold between the third quarter of 2003 and the second quarter of 2006. The Company also uses reinsurance for a majority of the GMDB issued in the U.S. and a portion of the GMDB issued in Japan.

Capital Market Derivatives

GMWB Hedge Program

The Company enters into derivative contracts to hedge market risk exposures associated with the GMWB liabilities that are not reinsured. These derivative contracts include customized swaps, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, options, and futures, on certain indices including the S&P 500 index, EAFE index, and NASDAQ index.

Additionally, the Company holds customized derivative contracts to provide protection from certain capital market risks for the remaining term of specified blocks of non-reinsured GMWB riders. These customized derivative contracts are based on policyholder behavior assumptions specified at the inception of the derivative contracts. The Company retains the risk for differences between assumed and actual policyholder behavior and between the performance of the actively managed funds underlying the separate accounts and their respective indices.

While the Company actively manages this dynamic hedging program, increased U.S. GAAP earnings volatility may result from factors including, but not limited to: policyholder behavior, capital markets, divergence between the performance of the underlying funds and the hedging indices, changes in hedging positions and the relative emphasis placed on various risk management objectives.

Macro Hedge Program

The Company’s macro hedging program uses derivative instruments such as options, futures, swaps, and forwards on equities and interest rates to provide protection against the statutory tail scenario risk arising from U.S., GMWB and GMDB liabilities, on the Company’s statutory surplus. These macro hedges cover some of the residual risks not otherwise covered by specific dynamic hedging programs. Management assesses this residual risk under various scenarios in designing and executing the macro hedge program. The macro hedge program will result in additional U.S. GAAP earnings volatility as changes in the value of the macro hedge derivatives, which are designed to reduce statutory reserve and capital volatility, may not be closely aligned to changes in U.S. GAAP liabilities.

90

International Hedge Programs

The Company enters into derivative contracts to hedge market risk exposures associated with the guaranteed benefits which are embedded in the international variable annuity contracts. These derivative contracts include foreign currency forwards and options, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, options, and futures on certain broadly traded global equity indices including the S&P500 index, Nikkei 225 index, FTSE 100 index, and Euro Stoxx 50. During 2011, the Company increased its equity, currency, and interest rate hedge cover.

While the Company actively manages these dynamic hedging programs, increased U.S. GAAP earnings volatility may result from factors including, but not limited to: focus on reducing the economic exposure to market risks associated with guaranteed benefits, capital markets, changes in hedging positions and the relative emphasis placed on various risk management objectives.

Variable Annuity Hedging Program Sensitivities

The following table presents the accounting treatment of the underlying guaranteed living benefits and the related hedge assets by hedge program.

U.S. Programs				International Programs
GMWB		Macro		Japan/UK
Hedge Assets	Liabilities	Hedge Assets	Liabilities	Hedge Assets	Liabilities [1]
Fair Value	Fair Value	Fair Value	Not Fair Value	Fair Value	Not Fair Value

[1] The liabilities for international variable annuity are primarily not measured on a fair value basis. However there is an immaterial portion of the international variable annuity with a GMWB or GMAB which is measured on a fair value basis.

The following table presents our estimates of the potential instantaneous impacts from sudden market stresses related to equity market prices, interest rates, implied market volatilities, and foreign currency exchange rates. The sensitivities below represent: (1) the net estimated difference between the change in the fair value of GMWB liabilities and the underlying hedge instruments and (2) the estimated change in fair value of the hedge instruments for the macro and international hedge programs, before the impacts of amortization of DAC, and taxes. As noted in the table above, certain hedge assets are used to hedge liabilities that are not carried at fair value and will not have a liability offset in the U.S. GAAP sensitivity analysis. All sensitivities are measured as of March 31, 2012, and are related to the fair value of liabilities and hedge instruments in place as of that date for the Company’s variable annuity hedge programs. The impacts presented in the table below are estimated individually as of March 31, 2011, and performed without consideration of any correlation among market risk factors.

U.S. GAAP Sensitivity Analysis (pre Tax/DAC) [1]	U.S. Programs																		International Programs
	GMWB									Macro									Japan/UK
Equity Market Return		-20	%		-10	%		+10	%		-20	%		-10	%		+10	%		-20	%		-10	%		+10	%
Potential Net Fair Value Impact	$	(95	)	$	(32	)	$	6		$	289		$	90		$	(47	)	$	760		$	373		$	(348	)
Interest Rates		-50 bps			-25bps			+25bps			-50 bps			-25bps			+25bps			-50 bps			-25bps			+25bps
Potential Net Fair Value Impact	$	(94	)	$	(44	)	$	39		$	7		$	4		$	(3	)	$	423		$	209		$	(219	)
Implied Volatilities		+10	%		+2	%		-10	%		+10	%		+2	%		-10	%		+10	%		+2	%		-10	%
Potential Net Fair Value Impact	$	(596	)	$	(115	)	$	511		$	106		$	22		$	(116	)	$	93		$	19		$	(95	)
Yen Strengthens +/ Weakens -		+20	%		+10	%		-10	%		+20	%		+10	%		-10	%		+20	%		+10	%		-10	%
Potential Net Fair Value Impact		N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A		$	2,164		$	734		$	(518	)

[1] These sensitivities are based on the following key market levels as of March 31, 2012: 1) S&P of 1,408.4; 2) 10yr US swap rate of 2.38%; 3) S&P 10yr volatility of 27.17% and 4) FX rates of USDJPY @82.87 and EURJPY @ 110.56.

The above sensitivity analysis is an estimate and should not be used to predict the Company’s future financial performance of its variable annuity hedge programs. The actual net changes in the fair value liability and the hedging assets illustrated in the above table may vary materially depending on a variety of factors which include but are not limited to:

• The sensitivity analysis is only valid as of the measurement date and assumes instantaneous changes in the capital market factors and no ability to rebalance hedge positions prior to the market changes;

• Changes to the underlying hedging program, policyholder behavior, and variation in underlying fund performance relative to the hedged index, which could materially impact the liability; and

• The impact of elapsed time on liabilities or hedge assets, any non-parallel shifts in capital market factors, or correlated moves across the sensitivities.

91

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Foreign currency exchange risk is defined as the risk of financial loss due to changes in the relative value between currencies. The Company’s foreign currency exchange risk is related to non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, including its GMDB, GMAB, GMWB and GMIB benefits associated with its Japanese and U.K. variable annuities, the investment in and net income of the Japanese and U.K. operations, non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, which primarily consist of fixed maturity investments, and a yen denominated individual fixed annuity product. In addition, the Company’s Life Other Operations issued non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts. A portion of the Company’s foreign currency exposure is mitigated through the use of derivatives.

Liabilities

The company manages the market risk, including foreign currency exchange risk, associated with the guaranteed benefits related to the Japanese and U.K. variable annuities through its comprehensive International Hedge Program. For more information on the International Hedge Program, including the foreign currency exchange risk sensitivity analysis, see the Variable Product Guarantee Risks and Risk Management section.

The yen denominated individual fixed annuity product was written by Hartford Life Insurance K.K. (“HLIKK”), a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”), and subsequently reinsured to Hartford Life Insurance Company, a U.S. dollar based wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of HLI. During 2009, the Company suspended new sales of the Japan business. The underlying investment involves investing in U.S. securities markets, which offer favorable credit spreads. The yen denominated fixed annuity product (“yen fixed annuities”) is recorded in the consolidated balance sheets with invested assets denominated in dollars while policyholder liabilities are denominated in yen and converted to U.S. dollars based upon the December 31 yen to U.S. dollar spot rate. The difference between U.S. dollar denominated investments and yen denominated liabilities exposes the Company to currency risk. The Company manages this currency risk associated with the yen fixed annuities primarily with pay variable U.S. dollar and receive fixed yen currency swaps.

The Company’s Wealth Management operations issued non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts. The Company hedges the foreign currency risk associated with these liability contracts with currency rate swaps.

Fixed Maturity Investments

The risk associated with the non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities relates to potential decreases in value and income resulting from unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates. In order to manage currency exposures, the Company enters into foreign currency swaps to hedge the variability in cash flows as the fair value associated with certain foreign denominated fixed maturities decline. These foreign currency swaps are structured to match the foreign currency cash flows of the hedged foreign denominated securities.

92

Financial Risk on Statutory Capital

Statutory surplus amounts and risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratios may increase or decrease in any period depending upon a variety of factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. Factors include:

• In general, as equity market levels and interest rates decline, the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin for death and living benefit guarantees associated with U.S. variable annuity contracts can be materially negatively affected, sometimes at a greater than linear rate. Other market factors that can impact statutory surplus, reserve levels and capital margin include differences in performance of variable subaccounts relative to indices and/or realized equity and interest rate volatilities. In addition, as equity market levels increase, generally surplus levels will increase. RBC ratios will also tend to increase when equity markets increase. However, as a result of a number of factors and market conditions, including the level of hedging costs and other risk transfer activities, reserve requirements for death and living benefit guarantees and RBC requirements could increase with rising equity markets, resulting in lower RBC ratios. Non-market factors, which can also impact the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin, include actual and estimated policyholder behavior experience as it pertains to lapsation, partial withdrawals, and mortality.

• Similarly, for guaranteed benefits (GMDB, GMIB, and GMWB) reinsured from our international operations to our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin can be materially affected by a variety of factors, both market and non-market. Market factors include declines in various equity market indices and interest rates, changes in value of the yen versus other global currencies, difference in the performance of variable subaccounts relative to indices, and increases in realized equity, interest rate, and currency volatilities. Non-market factors include actual and estimated policyholder behavior experience as it pertains to lapsation, withdrawals, mortality, and annuitization. Risk mitigation activities, such as hedging, may also result in material and sometimes counterintuitive impacts on statutory surplus and capital margin. Notably, as changes in these market and non-market factors occur, both our potential obligation and the related statutory reserves and/or required capital can increase or decrease at a greater than linear rate.

• As the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio decreases, due in part to credit spread widening, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.

• As the value of certain derivative instruments that do not get hedge accounting decreases, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.

• The life insurance subsidiaries’ exposure to foreign currency exchange risk exists with respect to non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are accounted for at their U.S. dollar equivalent values using exchange rates at the balance sheet date. As foreign currency exchange rates vary in comparison to the U.S. dollar, the remeasured value of those non-dollar denominated assets or liabilities will also vary, causing an increase or decrease to statutory surplus.

• Our statutory surplus is also impacted by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities in our fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuities, we are required to use current crediting rates in the U.S. and Japanese LIBOR in Japan. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates in the U.S. are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, such as we have experienced, actual credit spreads on investment assets may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. As actual credit spreads are not fully reflected in the current crediting rates in the U.S. or Japanese LIBOR in Japan, the calculation of statutory reserves will not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets resulting in reductions in statutory surplus. This has resulted and may continue to result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support the product.

• With respect to our fixed annuity business, sustained low interest rates may result in a reduction in statutory surplus and an increase in National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) required capital.

Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. The Company’s financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings.

The Company has reinsured approximately 16% of its risk associated with U.S. GMWB and 64% of its risk associated with the aggregate U.S. GMDB exposure. These reinsurance agreements serve to reduce the Company’s exposure to changes in the statutory reserves and the related capital and RBC ratios associated with changes in the capital markets. The Company also continues to explore other solutions for mitigating the capital market risk effect on surplus, such as internal and external reinsurance solutions, modifications to our hedging program, changes in product design, increasing pricing and expense management.

93

Credit Risk

Credit risk is defined as the risk of financial loss due to uncertainty of obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms. The majority of the Company’s credit risk is concentrated in its investment holdings but is also present in reinsurance and insurance portfolios. Credit risk is comprised of three major factors: the risk of change in credit quality, or credit migration risk; the risk of default; and the risk of a change in value of a financial instrument due to changes in credit spread that are unrelated to changes in obligor credit quality. A decline in creditworthiness is typically associated with an increase in an investment’s credit spread, potentially resulting in an increase in other-than-temporary impairments and an increased probability of a realized loss upon sale.

The objective of the Company’s enterprise credit risk management strategy is to identify, quantify, and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis and to limit potential losses in accordance with an established credit risk appetite. The Company manages to its risk appetite by primarily holding a diversified mix of investment grade issuers and counterparties across its investment, reinsurance, and insurance portfolios. Potential losses are also limited within portfolios by diversifying across geographic regions, asset types, and sectors.

The Company manages a credit exposure from its inception to its maturity or sale. Both the investment and reinsurance areas have formulated procedures for counterparty approvals and authorizations. Although approval processes may vary by area and type of credit risk, approval processes establish minimum levels of creditworthiness and financial stability. Eligible credits are subjected to prudent and conservative underwriting reviews. Within the investment portfolio, private securities, such as commercial mortgages, and private placements, must be presented to their respective review committees for approval.

Credit risks are managed on an on-going basis through the use of various processes and analyses. At the investment, reinsurance, and insurance product levels, fundamental credit analyses are performed at the issuer/counterparty level on a regular basis. To provide a holistic review within the investment portfolio, fundamental analyses are supported by credit ratings, assigned by nationally recognized rating agencies or internally assigned, and by quantitative credit analyses. The Company utilizes an economic credit VaR to measure default and migration risk on a monthly basis. Issuer and security level risk measures are also utilized. In the event of deterioration in credit quality, the Company maintains watch lists of problem counterparties within the investment and reinsurance portfolios. The watch lists are updated based on regular credit examinations and management reviews. The Company also performs quarterly assessments of probable expected losses in the investment portfolio. The process is conducted on a sector basis and is intended to promptly assess and identify potential problems in the portfolio and to recognize necessary impairments.

Credit risk policies at the enterprise and operation level ensure comprehensive and consistent approaches to quantifying, evaluating, and managing credit risk under expected and stressed conditions. These policies define the scope of the risk, authorities, accountabilities, terms, and limits, and are regularly reviewed and approved by senior management and ERM. Aggregate counterparty credit quality and exposure is monitored on a daily basis utilizing an enterprise-wide credit exposure information system that contains data on issuers, ratings, exposures, and credit limits. Exposures are tracked on a current and potential basis. Credit exposures are reported regularly to the ERCC and to the Finance, Investment and Risk Management Committee (“FIRMCo”). Exposures are aggregated by ultimate parent across investments, reinsurance receivables, insurance products with credit risk, and derivative counterparties. The credit database and reporting system are available to all key credit practitioners in the enterprise.

The Company exercises various and differing methods to mitigate its credit risk exposure within its investment and reinsurance portfolios. Some of the reasons for mitigating credit risk include financial instability or poor credit, avoidance of arbitration or litigation, future uncertainty, and exposure in excess of risk tolerances. Credit risk within the investment portfolio is most commonly mitigated through the use of derivative instruments or asset sales. Counterparty credit risk is mitigated through the practice of entering into contracts only with highly creditworthy institutions and through the practice of holding and posting of collateral. Systemic credit risk is mitigated through the construction of high-quality, diverse portfolios that are subject to regular underwriting of credit risks. For further discussion of the Company’s investment and derivative instruments, see the Investment Management section and Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Further discussion on managing and mitigating credit risk from the use of reinsurance via an enterprise security review process, see the Reinsurance section.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company’s only exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity, other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government securities, was the Government of Japan, which represented $2.5 billion, or 12% of stockholders’ equity, and 2% of total invested assets. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk, see the Concentration of Credit Risk section in Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

94

Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy, as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that would otherwise be permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. For further information on the Company’s use of derivatives, see Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s compliance and risk management teams and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the Company monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The notional amounts of derivative contracts represent the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not reflective of credit risk. Downgrades to the credit ratings of The Hartford’s insurance operating companies may have adverse implications for its use of derivatives including those used to hedge benefit guarantees of variable annuities. In some cases, downgrades may give derivative counterparties the unilateral contractual right to cancel and settle outstanding derivative trades or require additional collateral to be posted. In addition, downgrades may result in counterparties becoming unwilling to engage in additional over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives or may require collateralization before entering into any new trades. This will restrict the supply of derivative instruments commonly used to hedge variable annuity guarantees, particularly long-dated equity derivatives and interest rate swaps. Under these circumstances, the Company’s operating subsidiaries could conduct hedging activity using a combination of cash and exchange-traded instruments, in addition to using the available OTC derivatives.

The Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The use of counterparties creates credit risk that the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the terms of the derivative transaction. The Company has derivative counterparty exposure policies which limit the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Company’s policies with respect to derivative counterparty exposure establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness of the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements. The Company minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties primarily rated A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. The Company also generally requires that derivative contracts, other than exchange traded contracts, certain forward contracts, and certain embedded and reinsurance derivatives, be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement, which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset.

The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. For purposes of daily derivative collateral maintenance, credit exposures are generally quantified based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of the derivatives exceed the contractual thresholds. In accordance with industry standard and the contractual agreements, collateral is typically settled on the next business day. The Company has exposure to credit risk for amounts below the exposure thresholds which are uncollateralized, as well as for market fluctuations that may occur between contractual settlement periods of collateral movements.

For the company’s domestic derivative programs, the maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10. The Company currently transacts OTC derivatives in five legal entities and therefore the maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty across all legal entities that use derivatives is $50. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of March 31, 2012, for the company’s domestic derivative programs, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider across all legal entities that use derivatives is $100. Based on the contractual terms of the collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in either party’s credit rating. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company began hedging its Japan exposures within the legal entity HLIKK. The counterparty credit exposures at HLIKK generally follow the maximum uncollateralized threshold of the domestic program, however, for three counterparties, maximum uncollateralized exposures are higher. These three counterparties maintain credit ratings of A or better, and the Company actively monitors their credit standing. For further discussion, see the Derivative Commitments section of Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company has incurred no losses on derivative instruments due to counterparty default.

In addition to counterparty credit risk, the Company may also introduce credit risk through the use of credit default swaps that are entered into to manage credit exposure. Credit default swaps involve a transfer of credit risk of one or many referenced entities from one party to another in exchange for periodic payments. The party that purchases credit protection will make periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount, and for certain transactions there will also be an upfront premium payment. The second party, who assumes credit risk, will typically only make a payment if there is a credit event as defined in the contract and such payment will be typically equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation. A credit event is generally defined as default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity.

95

The Company uses credit derivatives to purchase credit protection and to assume credit risk with respect to a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool. The Company purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio. The Company also enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk as part of replication transactions. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that would otherwise be permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. These swaps reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers, which are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches which possess different credit ratings.

Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management

Investment Portfolio Composition

The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by credit quality. The ratings referenced below are based on the ratings of a nationally recognized rating organization or, if not rated, assigned based on the Company’s internal analysis of such securities

Fixed Maturities by Credit Quality
	March 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value
United States Government/Government agencies	$	8,880	$	9,193		11.1	%	$	8,901	$	9,364		11.4	%
AAA		9,293		9,712		11.7	%		9,631		10,113		12.4	%
AA		15,890		16,463		19.8	%		15,471		15,844		19.4	%
A		19,131		20,773		25.0	%		19,501		21,053		25.7	%
BBB		21,722		22,664		27.2	%		20,972		21,760		26.6	%
BB & below		5,105		4,352		5.2	%		4,502		3,675		4.5	%
Total fixed maturities	$	80,021		83,157		100.0	%	$	78,978		81,809		100.0	%

The movement in the overall credit quality of the Company’s portfolio was primarily attributable to the reinvestment in spread product and tactical portfolio repositioning associated with higher-yielding assets that provide superior risk-adjusted returns, as well as downgrades within financial services and commercial real estate securities. Fixed maturities, FVO, are not included in the above table. For further discussion on fair value option securities, see Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

96

The following table presents the Company’s AFS securities by type, as well as fixed maturities, FVO.

Securities by Type

	March 31, 2012												December 31, 2011
	Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value			Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value
Asset-backed securities (“ABS”)
Consumer loans	$	2,660	$	28	$	(194	)	$	2,494		3.0	%	$	2,688	$	34	$	(208	)	$	2,514		3.1	%
Small business		396		1		(112	)		285		0.3	%		418		1		(123	)		296		0.4	%
Other		290		18		—			308		0.4	%		324		20		(1	)		343		0.4	%
CDOs
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)		2,320		1		(146	)		2,175		2.6	%		2,334		—		(181	)		2,153		2.6	%
CREs		475		23		(142	)		356		0.4	%		485		16		(167	)		334		0.4	%
Other [1]		556		16		(17	)		512		0.7	%		—		—		—			—		—
CMBS
Agency backed [2]		565		39		—			604		0.7	%		637		40		—			677		0.8	%
Bonds		5,734		219		(350	)		5,603		6.7	%		5,992		182		(487	)		5,687		7.0	%
Interest only (“IOs”)		548		47		(28	)		567		0.7	%		563		49		(25	)		587		0.7	%
Corporate
Basic industry [1]		3,762		294		(26	)		4,030		4.8	%		3,690		309		(19	)		3,979		4.9	%
Capital goods		3,317		328		(22	)		3,623		4.4	%		3,327		331		(33	)		3,625		4.4	%
Consumer cyclical		2,174		200		(7	)		2,367		2.8	%		2,277		206		(8	)		2,475		3.0	%
Consumer non-cyclical		5,632		604		(13	)		6,223		7.5	%		5,985		644		(13	)		6,616		8.1	%
Energy		3,631		354		(17	)		3,968		4.8	%		3,338		381		(15	)		3,704		4.5	%
Financial services		7,311		390		(370	)		7,331		8.8	%		7,763		334		(526	)		7,571		9.3	%
Tech./comm.		4,336		419		(48	)		4,707		5.7	%		4,357		443		(61	)		4,739		5.8	%
Transportation		1,362		118		(8	)		1,472		1.8	%		1,285		123		(6	)		1,402		1.7	%
Utilities		8,457		766		(47	)		9,176		11.1	%		8,236		857		(38	)		9,055		11.2	%
Other [1]		401		35		(4	)		432		0.5	%		903		33		(20	)		845		1.0	%
Foreign govt./govt. agencies		3,248		128		(24	)		3,352		4.0	%		2,030		141		(10	)		2,161		2.6	%
Municipal Taxable		2,198		140		(54	)		2,284		2.7	%		1,688		120		(51	)		1,757		2.1	%
Tax-exempt		10,793		774		(13	)		11,554		13.9	%		10,869		655		(21	)		11,503		14.1	%
RMBS
Agency		5,238		216		(4	)		5,450		6.5	%		4,436		222		—			4,658		5.7	%
Non-agency		60		—		(1	)		59		0.1	%		62		—		(2	)		60		0.1	%
Alt-A		110		6		(14	)		102		0.1	%		115		5		(21	)		99		0.1	%
Sub-prime		1,370		18		(404	)		984		1.2	%		1,348		25		(433	)		940		1.1	%
U.S. Treasuries		3,077		83		(21	)		3,139		3.8	%		3,828		203		(2	)		4,029		4.9	%
Fixed maturities, AFS		80,021		5,265		(2,086	)		83,157		100.	%		78,978		5,374		(2,471	)		81,809		100	%
Equity securities
Financial services		432		—		(120	)		312					479		10		(187	)		302
Other		569		69		(12	)		626					577		58		(16	)		619
Equity securities, AFS		1,001		69		(132	)		938					1,056		68		(203	)		921
Total AFS securities	$	81,022	$	5,334	$	(2,218	)	$	84,095				$	80,034	$	5,442	$	(2,674	)	$	82,730
Fixed maturities, FVO								$	1,291											$	1,328

[1] Gross unrealized gains (losses) exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities. Changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

[2] Represents securities with pools of loans issued by the Small Business Administration which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

The Company continues to invest in a diversified portfolio with purchases focused on investment grade corporate, taxable municipal and foreign government securities, as well as the reinvestment of short-term securities into agency RMBS to generate an additional return. The Company’s AFS net unrealized position improved primarily as a result of improved security valuations largely due to credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates. Fixed maturities, FVO, represents Japan government securities supporting the Japan fixed annuity product, as well as securities containing an embedded credit derivative for which the Company elected the fair value option. The underlying credit risk of the securities containing credit derivatives are primarily investment grade CRE CDOs and a subordinated position on a basket of corporate bonds. For further discussion on fair value option securities, see Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

97

European Exposure

Many economies within Europe continue to experience significant adverse economic conditions which have been precipitated in part by high unemployment rates and government debt levels. As a result, issuers in several European countries have experienced credit deterioration and rating downgrades and a reduced ability to access capital markets and/or higher borrowing costs. The concerns regarding the European countries have impacted the capital markets which, in turn, has made it more difficult to contain the European financial crisis. Austerity measures aimed at reducing sovereign debt levels, along with steps taken by the European Central Bank to provide liquidity and credit support to certain countries issuing debt, have helped to stabilize markets recently. However, risks remain elevated.

The Company manages the credit risk associated with the European securities within the investment portfolio on an on-going basis using several processes which are supported by macroeconomic analysis and issuer credit analysis. For additional details regarding the Company’s management of credit risk, see the Credit Risk section of this MD&A. The Company considers alternate scenarios, including a base-case and both a positive and negative “tail” scenario that includes a partial or full break-up of the Eurozone. The outlook for key factors is evaluated, including the economic prospects for key countries, the potential for the spread of sovereign debt contagion, and the likelihood that policymakers and politicians pursue sufficient fiscal discipline and introduce appropriate backstops. Given the inherent uncertainty in the outcome of developments in the Eurozone, however, the Company has been focused on controlling both absolute levels of exposure and the composition of that exposure through both bond and derivative transactions.

The Company has limited direct European exposure, totaling only 6% of total invested assets as of March 31, 2012. The following tables present the Company’s European securities included in the Securities by Type table above. The Company identifies exposures with the issuers’ ultimate parent country of domicile, which may not be the country of the security issuer. Certain European countries were separately listed below, Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain (“GIIPS”), because of the current significant economic strains persisting in these countries. The criteria used for identifying the countries separately listed includes credit default spreads that exceed the iTraxx SovX index level and an S&P credit quality rating of A or lower.

The following tables present the Company’s European securities included in the Securities by Type table above.

March 31, 2012
	Corporate & Equity, AFS Non-Finan. [1]				Corporate & Equity, AFS Financials				Foreign Govt./ Govt. Agencies				Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Italy	$	274	$	242	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	274	$	242
Spain [3]		150		150		20		20		—		—		170		170
Ireland		166		168		—		—		—		—		166		168
Portugal		15		15		—		—		—		—		15		15
Greece		––		––		—		—		—		—		––		––
Higher risk		605		575		20		20		—		—		625		595
Europe excluding higher risk		4,227		4,662		1,192		1,163		900		952		6,319		6,777
Total Europe	$	4,832	$	5,237	$	1,212		1,183	$	900		952	$	6,944	$	7,372
Europe exposure net of credit default swap protection [2]													$	6,486	$	7,381

98

December 31, 2011
	Corporate & Equity, AFS Non-Finan. [1]				Corporate & Equity, AFS Financials				Foreign Govt./ Govt. Agencies				Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Italy	$	314	$	255	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	314	$	255
Spain[3]		191		189		20		19		—		—		211		208
Ireland		163		162		—		—		—		—		163		162
Portugal		15		15		—		—		—		—		15		15
Greece		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Higher risk		683		621		20		19		—		—		703		640
Europe excluding higher risk		4,277		4,698		1,255		1,135		901		970		6,433		6,800
Total Europe	$	4,960	$	5,316	$	1,275	$	1,154	$	901	$	970	$	7,136	$	7,440
Europe exposure net of credit default swap protection [2]													$	6,439	$	7,467

[1] Includes amortized cost and fair value of $59 as of March 31, 2012 and $67 as of December 31, 2011 related to limited partnerships and other alternative investments, the majority of which is domiciled in the United Kingdom.

[2] Includes a notional amount and fair value of $458 and $9, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and $697 and $27, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 related to credit default swap protection. This includes a notional amount of $104 and $89 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, related to single name corporate issuers in the financial services sector.

[3] The Company has credit default swap protection with a notional amount of $20 related to the corporate and Equity, AFS Financials.

The Company’s European investment exposure largely relates to corporate entities which are domiciled in or generated a significant portion of its revenue within the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands and Switzerland. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, exposure to the United Kingdom totaled approximately 2% of total invested assets. The majority of investments are U.S. dollar-denominated, and those securities that are pound and euro-denominated are hedged to U.S. dollars or support foreign-denominated liabilities. For a discussion of foreign currency risks, see the Foreign Currency Exchange Risk section of this MD&A. The Company does not hold any sovereign exposure to the higher risk countries and does not hold any exposure to issuers in Greece. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company’s unfunded commitments associated with its investment portfolio was immaterial, and the weighted average credit quality of European investments was A- and A, respectively.

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company’s total credit default swaps that provide credit protection had a notional amount of $458 and $697, respectively, and a fair value of $9 and $27, respectively. Included in those notional amounts as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $432 and $407, respectively, on credit default swaps that reference single name corporate and financial European issuers, of which $134 and $125, respectively, related to the higher risk countries. The maturity dates of credit defaults swaps are primarily consistent with the hedged bonds. Also included are credit default swaps with a notional amount of $26 and $290, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 which reference a standard basket of European corporate and financial issuers. For further information on the use of the Company’s credit derivatives and counterparty credit quality, see Derivative Instruments within the Credit Risk section of this MD&A.

Included in the Company’s equity securities, trading, portfolio are investments in World Government Bond Index Funds (“WGBI funds”). The fair value of the WGBI funds at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $12.4 billion and $12.5 billion, respectively. Because several of these funds are managed by third party asset managers, the Company does not have access to detailed holdings; however, the WGBI funds investment mandate follows the Citigroup non-Japan World Government Fund Index (“the index”) and includes allocations to certain European sovereign debt. The estimated fair value of the European allocation based upon the index benchmark allocation was $5.4 billion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Included in this estimated European exposure were investments in Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain with an estimated fair value of $1.7 billion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The index guidelines allow investment in issuers rated BBB- or higher by Standard and Poors or Baa3 or higher by Moodys. Should an issuer’s credit rating fall below both of these rating levels they will be removed from the Index and the holdings will be liquidated. Because these assets support the international variable annuity business, changes in the value of these investments are reflected in the corresponding policyholder liabilities. The Company’s indirect exposure to these holdings is through any guarantees issued on the underlying variable annuity policies. For a discussion of the Company’s reinsurance arrangements, see Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

99

Financial Services

The Company’s exposure to the financial services sector is predominantly through banking and insurance institutions. The following table presents the Company’s exposure to the financial services sector included in the Securities by Type table above.

	March 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Net Unrealized			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Net Unrealized
AAA	$	156	$	162	$	6		$	240	$	245	$	5
AA		1,456		1,452		(4	)		1,698		1,675		(23	)
A		3,147		3,302		155			3,664		3,685		21
BBB		2,393		2,232		(161	)		2,335		1,998		(337	)
BB & below		591		495		(96	)		305		270		(35	)
Total	$	7,743	$	7,643	$	(100	)	$	8,242	$	7,873	$	(369	)

Domestic financial companies continued to stabilize in 2012 due to improved earnings performance, strengthening of asset quality and capital retention. However, spread volatility remains high due to concerns around European sovereign risks and potential contagion effects, as well as regulatory pressures. Financial institutions remain vulnerable to these concerns, as well as ongoing stress in the real estate markets which could adversely impact the Company’s net unrealized position.

Commercial Real Estate

The commercial real estate market continued to show signs of improving fundamentals, such as increases in transaction activities, more readily available financing and new issuances. While delinquencies still remain at historically high levels, they are expected to move lower in 2012.

The following table presents the Company’s exposure to commercial mortgage backed-securities (“CMBS”) bonds by current credit quality and vintage year, included in the Securities by Type table above. Credit protection represents the current weighted average percentage of the outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar loss of principal and excludes any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.

CMBS – Bonds [1]

March 31, 2012
	AAA					AA					A					BBB					BB and Below					Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value
2003 & Prior	$	360	$	370		$	137	$	136		$	83	$	82		$	16	$	14		$	33	$	30		$	629	$	632
2004		297		313			72		79			31		28			30		29			26		21			456		470
2005		505		542			101		101			155		147			184		156			85		68			1,030		1,014
2006		701		762			434		432			124		117			292		249			452		339			2,003		1,899
2007		204		226			350		352			72		61			217		191			195		149			1,038		979
2008		55		63			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			55		63
2009		28		29			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			28		29
2010		29		31			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			29		31
2011		398		419			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			398		419
2012		68		67			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			68		67
Total	$	2,645	$	2,822		$	1,094	$	1,100		$	465	$	435		$	739	$	639		$	791	$	607		$	5,734	$	5,603
Credit protection				27.3	%				23.2	%				20.8	%				14.5	%				10.1	%				22.0	%

100

December 31, 2011

	AAA					AA					A					BBB					BB and Below					Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value			Amortized Cost		Fair Value
2003 & Prior	$	408	$	415		$	148	$	144		$	83	$	81		$	16	$	13		$	33	$	30		$	688	$	683
2004		333		349			68		75			45		41			30		28			26		21			502		514
2005		520		556			101		96			178		151			177		138			71		57			1,047		998
2006		713		762			516		493			180		159			362		298			430		302			2,201		2,014
2007		245		267			296		275			123		97			166		130			195		149			1,025		918
2008		55		60			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			55		60
2009		28		29			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			28		29
2010		29		31			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			29		31
2011		417		440			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			417		440
Total	$	2,748	$	2,909		$	1,129	$	1,083		$	609	$	529		$	751	$	607		$	755	$	559		$	5,992	$	5,687
Credit protection				27.3	%				22.7	%				19.7	%				13.8	%				8.2	%				21.6	%

[1] The vintage year represents the year the pool of loans was originated.

The Company also has AFS exposure to commercial real estate (“CRE”) collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) with an amortized cost and fair value of $475 and $356, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and $485 and $334, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. These securities are comprised of diversified pools of commercial mortgage loans or equity positions of other CMBS securitizations. Although the Company does not plan to invest in this asset class going forward, we continue to monitor these investments as economic and market uncertainties regarding future performance impact market liquidity and result in higher risk premiums.

In addition to CMBS bonds and CRE CDOs, the Company has exposure to commercial mortgage loans as presented in the following table. These loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial properties and are diversified both geographically throughout the United States and by property type. These loans may be either in the form of a whole loan, where the Company is the sole lender, or a loan participation. Loan participations are loans where the Company has purchased or retained a portion of an outstanding loan or package of loans and participates on a pro-rata basis in collecting interest and principal pursuant to the terms of the participation agreement. In general, A-Note participations have senior payment priority, followed by B-Note participations and then mezzanine loan participations. As of March 31, 2012, loans within the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio that have had extensions or restructurings other than what is allowable under the original terms of the contract are immaterial.

Commercial Mortgage Loans

	March 31, 2012							December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost [1]		Valuation Allowance			Carrying Value		Amortized Cost [1]		Valuation Allowance			Carrying Value
Agricultural	$	206	$	(7	)	$	199	$	268	$	(19	)	$	249
Whole loans		5,491		(15	)		5,476		4,892		(17	)		4,875
A-Note participations		279		—			279		265		—			265
B-Note participations		278		(66	)		212		296		(66	)		230
Mezzanine loans		109		—			109		109		—			109
Total	$	6,363	$	(88	)	$	6,275	$	5,830	$	(102	)	$	5,728

[1] Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.

Since December 31, 2011, the Company funded $659 of commercial whole loans with a weighted average loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 59% and a weighted average yield of 3.7%. The Company continues to originate commercial whole loans in primary markets, such as office, industrial and multi-family, focusing on loans with strong LTV ratios and high quality property collateral. As of March 31, 2012, the Company had mortgage loans held-for-sale with a carrying value and valuation allowance of $57 and $4, respectively, and $74 and $4, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

Municipal Bonds

The Company holds investments in securities backed by states, municipalities and political subdivisions (“municipal”) with an amortized cost and fair value of $13.0 billion and $13.8 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 2012 and $12.6 billion and $13.3 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. The Company’s municipal bond portfolio primarily consists of high quality essential service revenue and general obligation bonds. As of March 31, 2012, the largest issuer concentrations were the states of California, Massachusetts and Illinois, which each comprised less than 3.5% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation bonds. As of December 31, 2011, the largest issuer concentrations were the states of California, Massachusetts and Illinois, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation bonds.

101

Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments

The following table presents the Company’s investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments which include hedge funds, mortgage and real estate funds, mezzanine debt funds, and private equity and other funds. Hedge funds include investments in funds of funds and direct funds. These hedge funds invest in a variety of strategies including global macro and long/short credit and equity. Mortgage and real estate funds consist of investments in funds whose assets consist of mortgage loans, mortgage loan participations, mezzanine loans or other notes which may be below investment grade, as well as equity real estate and real estate joint ventures. Mezzanine debt funds include investments in funds whose assets consist of subordinated debt that often incorporates equity-based options such as warrants and a limited amount of direct equity investments. Private equity and other funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small to mid-sized non-public businesses with high growth potential.

	March 31, 2012					December 31, 2011
	Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent
Hedge funds	$	1,087		39.8	%	$	896		35.4	%
Mortgage and real estate funds		492		18.0	%		479		18.9	%
Mezzanine debt funds		116		4.2	%		118		4.7	%
Private equity and other funds		1,037		38.0	%		1,039		41.0	%
Total	$	2,732		100.0	%	$	2,532		100.0	%

Since December 31, 2011, the increase in hedge funds relates to additional investments in the type of fund strategies that the Company expects to generate superior risk-adjusted returns over time, and are less sensitive to directional movements in the credit and equity markets.

Available-for-Sale Securities — Unrealized Loss Aging

The total gross unrealized losses were $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2012, which have improved $456, or 17%, from December 31, 2011 as credit spread tightening, partially offset by rising interest rates. As of March 31, 2012, $827 of the gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost.

The remaining $1.4 billion of gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed greater than 20%, which includes $161 associated with securities depressed over 50% for twelve months or more. These securities are backed primarily by commercial and residential real estate that have market spreads that continue to be wider than the spreads at the security’s respective purchase date. The unrealized losses remain largely due to the continued market and economic uncertainties surrounding residential and certain commercial real estate and less liquidity. Based upon the Company’s cash flow modeling and current market and collateral performance assumptions, these securities have sufficient credit protection levels to receive contractually obligated principal and interest payments. Also included in the gross unrealized losses depressed greater than 20% are financial services securities that have a floating-rate coupon and/or long-dated maturities.

As part of the Company’s ongoing security monitoring process, the Company has reviewed its AFS securities in an unrealized loss position and concluded that there were no additional impairments as of March 31, 2012 and that these securities are temporarily depressed and are expected to recover in value as the securities approach maturity or as real estate related market spreads continue to improve. For these securities in an unrealized loss position where a credit impairment has not been recorded, the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows are sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. Furthermore, the Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell these securities. For further information regarding the Company’s impairment analysis, see Other-Than-Temporary Impairments in the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of this MD&A.

The following table presents the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities by length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.

	March 31, 2012									December 31, 2011
	Items		Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss [1]			Items		Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss [1]
Three months or less		994	$	6,209	$	6,069	$	(140	)		855	$	3,933	$	3,672	$	(261	)
Greater than three to six months		297		1,325		1,111		(214	)		485		2,617		2,517		(100	)
Greater than six to nine months		171		979		953		(26	)		224		1,181		1,097		(84	)
Greater than nine to eleven months		114		602		575		(27	)		42		106		95		(11	)
Greater than twelve months		882		10,808		8,955		(1,811	)		943		11,613		9,324		(2,218	)
Total		2,458	$	19,923	$	17,663	$	(2,218	)		2,549	$	19,450	$	16,705	$	(2,674	)

[1] Unrealized losses exclude the fair value of bifurcated embedded derivative features of certain securities as changes in value are recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

102

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities continuously depressed over 20% by length of time (included in the table above).

	March 31, 2012									December 31, 2011
Consecutive Months	Items		Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Items		Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Three months or less		100	$	111	$	83	$	(28	)		206	$	1,823	$	1,289	$	(500	)
Greater than three to six months		108		932		626		(306	)		134		1,749		1,205		(544	)
Greater than six to nine months		72		998		725		(273	)		42		406		269		(137	)
Greater than nine to eleven months		22		282		195		(87	)		9		1		—		(1	)
Greater than twelve months		231		1,740		1,043		(697	)		239		1,806		1,057		(749	)
Total		533	$	4,063	$	2,672	$	(1,391	)		630	$	5,785	$	3,820	$	(1,931	)

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for AFS securities continuously depressed over 50% by length of time (included in the tables above).

	March 31, 2012									December 31, 2011
Consecutive Months	Items		Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Items		Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Three months or less		34	$	172	$	79	$	(93	)		50	$	152	$	55	$	(97	)
Greater than three to six months		29		95		33		(62	)		26		110		46		(64	)
Greater than six to nine months		19		90		38		(52	)		7		33		11		(22	)
Greater than nine to eleven months		4		3		1		(2	)		5		5		1		(4	)
Greater than twelve months		48		238		77		(161	)		54		227		71		(156	)
Total		134	$	598	$	228	$	(370	)		142	$	527	$	184	$	(343	)

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The following table presents the Company’s impairments recognized in earnings by security type.

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
ABS	$	9	$	8
CRE CDOs		—		15
CMBS
Bonds		5		—
IOs		—		1
Corporate		—		18
Equity		8		10
RMBS sub-prime		7		3
Total	$	29	$	55

Three months March 31, 2012

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $17, impairments on equity securities of $8 and securities that the Company intends to sell of $4.

Credit impairments were primarily concentrated in structured securities associated with residential and small balance real estate. The structured securities were impaired primarily due to property-specific deterioration of the underlying collateral. The Company calculated these impairments utilizing both a top down modeling approach and a security-specific collateral review. The top down modeling approach used discounted cash flow models that considered losses under current and expected future economic conditions. Assumptions used over the current period included macroeconomic factors, such as a high unemployment rate, as well as sector specific factors such as property values, delinquency levels, servicer behavior and severity rates. The macroeconomic assumptions considered by the Company did not materially change for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and, as such, the credit impairments recognized were primarily driven by actual collateral deterioration, largely as a result of the Company’s security-specific collateral review.

The security-specific collateral review is performed to estimate potential future losses. This review incorporates assumptions about expected future collateral cash flows, including projected rental rates and occupancy levels that varied based on property type and sub-market. The results of the security-specific collateral review allowed the Company to estimate the expected timing of a security’s first loss, if any, and the probability and severity of potential ultimate losses. The Company then discounted these anticipated future cash flows at the security’s book yield prior to impairment.

103

Impairments on equity securities were comprised of one below investment grade preferred stock. Impairments on securities for which the Company has the intent to sell related to one CMBS fixed-rate bond as market pricing continues to improve and the Company would like the ability to reduce certain exposures.

In addition to the credit impairments recognized in earnings, the Company recognized non-credit impairments in other comprehensive income of $7 for the three months ended March 31, 2012, predominantly concentrated in RMBS. These non-credit impairments represent the difference between fair value and the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment, rather than at current market implied credit spreads. These non-credit impairments primarily represent increases in market liquidity premiums and credit spread widening that occurred after the securities were purchased, as well as a discount for variable-rate coupons which are paying less than at purchase date. In general, larger liquidity premiums and wider credit spreads are the result of deterioration of the underlying collateral performance of the securities, as well as the risk premium required to reflect future uncertainty in the real estate market.

Future impairments may develop as the result of changes in intent to sell of specific securities or if actual results underperform current modeling assumptions, which may be the result of, but are not limited to, macroeconomic factors and security-specific performance below current expectations. Ultimate loss formation will be a function of macroeconomic factors and idiosyncratic security-specific performance.

Three months ended March 31, 2011

Impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $45 and impairments on equity securities of $10. Credit impairments primarily related to structured securities as a result of continued property-specific deterioration of the underlying collateral. The remaining credit impairments were primarily direct private equity investments that were impaired due to the likelihood of a disruption in contractual principal and interest payments due to the restructuring of the debtor’s obligation. Impairments on equity securities related to preferred stock associated with these direct private equity investments.

104

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

The following section discusses the overall financial strength of The Hartford and its insurance operations including their ability to generate cash flows from each of their business segments, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs over the next twelve months.

Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (Holding Company)

The liquidity requirements of the holding company of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“HFSG Holding Company”) have been and will continue to be met by HFSG Holding Company’s fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash of $1.5 billion at March 31, 2012, dividends from its insurance operations, as well as the issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities and borrowings from its credit facilities. Expected liquidity requirements of the HFSG Holding Company for the next twelve months include interest on debt of approximately $470, common stockholder dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors, of approximately $180, and preferred stock dividends of approximately $42.

Furthermore, the Company’s Board of Directors has authorized a $500 stock repurchase program that permits purchases of common stock, as well as warrants and other derivative securities. During the first quarter of 2012, the Company repurchased 2.6 million common shares, or $42, under this program. On April 17, 2012, the Company settled the repurchased of all the outstanding Series B and Series C warrants held by Allianz for $300, also funded through this program. As a result, the remaining authorized repurchases under this program is approximately $106. For additional information see Note 15 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, in 2010 The Hartford entered into an intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short-term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates of up to $2.0 billion for liquidity and other general corporate purposes. The Connecticut Insurance Department granted approval for certain affiliated insurance companies that are parties to the agreement to treat receivables from a parent, including the HFSG Holding Company, as admitted assets for statutory accounting purposes.

Debt

Senior Notes

On April 5, 2012, the Company issued $1.55 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes. The issuance consisted of $325 of 4.000% senior notes due 2017, $800 of 5.125% senior notes due 2022 and $425 of 6.625% senior notes due 2042 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”) for net proceeds of approximately $1.5 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The Senior Notes bear interest at their respective rate, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2012.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

On April 17, 2012, the Company (i) repurchased all outstanding 10% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due 2068 with a $1.75 billion aggregate principal amount held by Allianz SE (“Allianz”) (the “10% Debentures”) for $2.125 billion (plus a payment by the Company of unpaid interest on the 10% Debentures) and (ii) settled the repurchase of the Series B and Series C warrants held by Allianz to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the 10% Debentures replacement capital covenant was terminated on April 12, 2012 with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 6.1% senior notes due 2041.

On April 17, 2012, the Company issued $600 aggregate principal amount of 7.875% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures due 2042 (the “Debentures”) for net proceeds of approximately $586, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The Company financed the repurchase of the 10% Debentures through the issuance of the Senior Notes and the Debentures. The Debentures bear interest from the date of issuance to but excluding April 15, 2022 at an annual rate of 7.875%, payable quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2012, to and including April 15, 2022. Commencing on April 15, 2022 the Debentures bear interest at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 5.596%, payable quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2022.

For additional information regarding debt, see Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information regarding the warrants, see Note 15 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits

While the Company has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan (“The Plan”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and further amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, and Internal Revenue Code regulations mandate minimum contributions in certain circumstances. The Company does not have a required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan for 2012 and the funding requirements for all of the pension plans is expected to be immaterial. The Company presently anticipates contributing approximately $200 to its U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2012, based upon certain economic and business assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, equity market performance, changes in interest rates and the Company’s other capital requirements.

105

Dividends from Insurance Subsidiaries

Dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances somewhat more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. Dividends paid to HFSG Holding Company by its life insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on cash requirements of HLI and other factors. The Company’s property-casualty insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $1.4 billion in dividends to HFSG Holding Company in 2012 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. The Company’s life insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $625 in dividends to HLI in 2012 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. The aggregate of these amounts is the maximum the insurance subsidiaries could pay to HFSG Holding Company in 2012 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. In addition to statutory limitations on paying dividends, the Company also takes other items into consideration when determining dividends from subsidiaries. These considerations include, but are not limited to expected earnings and capitalization of the subsidiary, regulatory capital requirements and liquidity requirements of the individual operating company. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, HFSG Holding Company and HLI received no dividends from the life insurance subsidiaries, and HFSG Holding Company received $252 in dividends from its property-casualty insurance subsidiaries, including dividends of $52 to fund interest payments on an intercompany note between Hartford Holdings, Inc. and Hartford Fire Insurance Company.

Other Sources of Capital for the HFSG Holding Company

The Hartford endeavors to maintain a capital structure that provides financial and operational flexibility to its insurance subsidiaries, ratings that support its competitive position in the financial services marketplace (see the “Ratings” section below for further discussion), and shareholder returns. As a result, the Company may from time to time raise capital from the issuance of equity, equity-related debt or other capital securities and is continuously evaluating strategic opportunities. The issuance of common equity, equity-related debt or other capital securities could result in the dilution of shareholder interests or reduced net income due to additional interest expense.

Shelf Registrations

On August 4, 2010, The Hartford filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-168532) for the potential offering and sale of debt and equity securities. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: debt securities, junior subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, and stock purchase units. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement went effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the registration statement.

Contingent Capital Facility

The Hartford is party to a put option agreement that provides The Hartford with the right to require the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500. Under the Put Option Agreement, The Hartford will pay the Glen Meadow ABC Trust premiums on a periodic basis, calculated with respect to the aggregate principal amount of Notes that The Hartford had the right to put to the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for such period. The Hartford has agreed to reimburse the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The Company holds a variable interest in the Glen Meadow ABC Trust where the Company is not the primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company did not consolidate the Glen Meadow ABC Trust. As of March 31, 2012, The Hartford has not exercised its right to require Glen Meadow ABC Trust to purchase the Notes. As a result, the Notes remain a source of capital for the HFSG Holding Company.

106

Commercial Paper and Revolving Credit Facility

The table below details the Company’s short-term debt programs and the applicable balances outstanding.

					Maximum Available As of				Outstanding As of
	Effective		Expiration		March 31,				March 31,
Description	Date		Date		2012		2011		2012		2011
Commercial Paper
The Hartford		11/10/86		N/A	$	2,000	$	2,000	$	—	$	—
Revolving Credit Facility
4-year revolving credit facility		1/6/12		1/6/16		1,750		N/A		—		—
5-year revolving credit facility [1]		8/9/07		8/9/12		N/A		1,900		—		—
Total Commercial Paper and Revolving Credit Facility					$	3,750	$	3,900	$	—	$	—

[1] Terminated in January 2012.

While The Hartford’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $2.0 billion, the Company is dependent upon market conditions to access short-term financing through the issuance of commercial paper to investors.

In January 2012, the Company entered into a senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1.75 billion (which is available in U.S. dollars, and in Euro, Sterling, Canadian dollars and Japanese Yen) through January 6, 2016. Of the total availability under the Credit Facility, up to $250 is available to support letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company or subsidiaries of the Company. Under the Credit Facility, the Company must maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth, as defined. In the first quarter of 2012, the minimum level of consolidated net worth was reduced by approximately $1.1 billion, after-tax from $16.0 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $14.9 billion as of March 31, 2012 following the adoption of a new DAC accounting standard during the quarter. The definition of consolidated net worth under the terms of the Credit Facility, excludes AOCI and includes the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures and perpetual preferred securities, net of discount. In addition, the Company’s maximum ratio of consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization is 35%, and the ratio of consolidated total debt of subsidiaries to consolidated total capitalization is limited to 10%. As of March 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Facility.

The Hartford’s Japan operations also maintain two lines of credit in support of operations. Both lines of credit are in the amount of approximately $61, or ¥5 billion, and individually have expiration dates of September 30, 2012 and January 3, 2013.

Derivative Commitments

Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement as set by nationally recognized statistical rating agencies. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of March 31, 2012, is $701. Of this $701 the legal entities have posted collateral of $687 in the normal course of business. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2012, a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P could require approximately an additional $28 to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of March 31, 2012, a downgrade by either Moody’s or S&P of two levels below the legal entities’ current financial strength ratings could require approximately an additional $41 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we would post, if required, would be primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Treasury notes.

On March 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) Rating Services lowered its counterparty credit and insurer financial strength ratings on Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company to BBB+. Given this downgrade action, termination rating triggers in three derivative counterparty relationships have been impacted totaling a notional amount of $4.7 billion with a corresponding fair value of $77 as of March 31, 2012. The counterparties have the right to terminate these relationships and would have to settle the outstanding derivatives prior to exercising their termination right. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2012 these counterparties would owe the Company the derivatives fair value of $77. The counterparties have not exercised this termination right and the Company has re-negotiated the rating triggers with one counterparty and is in the process of re-negotiating the rating triggers with the remaining two counterparties.

As March 31, 2012, the aggregate notional amount and fair value of derivative relationships that could be subject to immediate termination in the event of rating agency downgrades to (1) either BBB+ or Baa1 was $7.0 billion and $262, respectively, or (2) both BBB+ and Baa1 was $15.8 billion and $444, respectively, which includes the amounts in scenario (1). The notional and fair value amounts include a customized GMWB derivative with a notional amount of $4.4 billion and a fair value of $135, for which the Company has a contractual right to make a collateral payment in the amount of approximately $47 to prevent its termination. This customized GMWB derivative contains an early termination trigger such that if the unsecured, unsubordinated debt of the counterparty’s related party guarantor is downgraded two levels or more below the current ratings by Moody’s and one or more levels by S&P, the counterparty could terminate all transactions under the applicable International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement. As of March 31, 2012, the gross fair value of all affected derivative contracts is $142, which would approximate the settlement value.

107

Insurance Operations

Current and expected patterns of claim frequency and severity or surrenders may change from period to period but continue to be within historical norms and, therefore, the Company’s insurance operations’ current liquidity position is considered to be sufficient to meet anticipated demands over the next twelve months, including any obligations related to the Company’s restructuring activities. For a discussion and tabular presentation of the Company’s current contractual obligations by period, refer to Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations within the Capital Resources and Liquidity section of the MD&A included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

The principal sources of operating funds are premiums, fees earned from assets under management and investment income, while investing cash flows originate from maturities and sales of invested assets. The primary uses of funds are to pay claims, claim adjustment expenses, commissions and other underwriting expenses, to purchase new investments and to make dividend payments to the HFSG Holding Company.

The Company’s insurance operations consist of property and casualty insurance products (collectively referred to as “Property & Casualty Operations”) and life insurance products (collectively referred to as “Life Operations”).

Property & Casualty Operations

Property & Casualty Operations holds fixed maturity securities including a significant short-term investment position (securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of purchase) to meet liquidity needs.

The following table summarizes Property & Casualty Operations’ fixed maturities, short-term investments, and cash, as of March 31, 2012:

Fixed maturities	$	26,097
Short-term investments		526
Cash		214
Less: Derivative collateral		(224	)
Total	$	26,613

Liquidity requirements that are unable to be funded by Property & Casualty Operation’s short-term investments would be satisfied with current operating funds, including premiums received or through the sale of invested assets. A sale of invested assets could result in significant realized losses.

Life Operations

Life Operations’ total general account contractholder obligations are supported by $74 billion of cash and total general account invested assets, excluding equity securities, trading, which includes a significant short-term investment position to meet liquidity needs.

The following table summarizes Life Operations’ fixed maturities, short-term investments, and cash, as of March 31, 2012:

Fixed maturities	$	58,202
Short-term investments		3,384
Cash		1,844
Less: Derivative collateral		(1,300	)
Cash associated with Japan variable annuities		(695	)
Total	$	61,435

Capital resources available to fund liquidity, upon contract holder surrender, are a function of the legal entity in which the liquidity requirement resides. Generally, obligations of Group Benefits will be funded by Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company; obligations of Individual Annuity, Individual Life and private placement life insurance products will be generally funded by both Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company; obligations of Retirement Plans and institutional investment products will be generally funded by Hartford Life Insurance Company; and obligations of the Company’s international annuity subsidiaries will be generally funded by the legal entity in the country in which the obligation was generated.

Hartford Life Insurance Company (“HLIC”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). Membership allows HLIC access to collateralized advances, which may be used to support various spread-based businesses or to enhance liquidity management. FHLBB membership requires HLIC to own member stock and borrowings require the purchase of activity-based stock in an amount (generally between 3% and 4.5% of the principal balance) based upon the term of the outstanding advances. FHLBB stock held by HLIC is classified within equity securities, available-for-sale in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Connecticut Department of Insurance (“CTDOI”) will permit HLIC to pledge up to $1.48 billion in qualifying assets to secure FHLBB advances for 2012. The amounts of advances that can be taken are dependent on the asset types pledged to secure the advances. The pledge limit is recalculated annually based on statutory admitted assets and capital and surplus. HLIC would need to seek the prior approval of the CTDOI in order to exceed these limits.

108

Contractholder Obligations	As of March 31, 2012
Total Life contractholder obligations	$	246,576
Less: Separate account assets [1]		(152,402	)
International statutory separate accounts [1]		(30,677	)
General account contractholder obligations	$	63,497
Composition of General Account Contractholder Obligations
Contracts without a surrender provision and/or fixed payout dates [2]	$	58,420
Fixed MVA annuities [3]		9,727
Guaranteed investment contracts (“GIC”) [4]		530
Other [5]		(5,180	)
General account contractholder obligations	$	63,497

[1] In the event customers elect to surrender separate account assets or international statutory separate accounts, Life Operations will use the proceeds from the sale of the assets to fund the surrender, and Life Operations’ liquidity position will not be impacted. In many instances Life Operations will receive a percentage of the surrender amount as compensation for early surrender (surrender charge), increasing Life Operations’ liquidity position. In addition, a surrender of variable annuity separate account or general account assets (see below) will decrease Life Operations’ obligation for payments on guaranteed living and death benefits.

[2] Relates to contracts such as payout annuities or institutional notes, other than guaranteed investment products with an MVA feature (discussed below) or surrenders of term life, group benefit contracts or death and living benefit reserves for which surrenders will have no current effect on Life Operations’ liquidity requirements.

[3] Relates to annuities that are held in a statutory separate account, but under U.S. GAAP are recorded in the general account as Fixed MVA annuity contract holders are subject to the Company’s credit risk. In the statutory separate account, Life Operations is required to maintain invested assets with a fair value equal to the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract. In the event assets decline in value at a greater rate than the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract, Life Operations is required to contribute additional capital to the statutory separate account. Life Operations will fund these required contributions with operating cash flows or short-term investments. In the event that operating cash flows or short-term investments are not sufficient to fund required contributions, the Company may have to sell other invested assets at a loss, potentially resulting in a decrease in statutory surplus. As the fair value of invested assets in the statutory separate account are generally equal to the MVA surrender value of the Fixed MVA contract, surrender of Fixed MVA annuities will have an insignificant impact on the liquidity requirements of Life Operations.

[4] GICs are subject to discontinuance provisions which allow the policyholders to terminate their contracts prior to scheduled maturity at the lesser of the book value or market value. Generally, the market value adjustment reflects changes in interest rates and credit spreads. As a result, the market value adjustment feature in the GIC serves to protect the Company from interest rate risks and limit Life Operations’ liquidity requirements in the event of surrender.

[5] Surrenders of, or policy loans taken from, as applicable, these general account liabilities, which include the general account option for Individual Annuity’s individual variable annuities and Individual Life variable life contracts, the general account option for Retirement Plans’ annuities and universal life contracts sold by Individual Life may be funded through operating cash flows of Life Operations, available short-term investments, or Life Operations may be required to sell fixed maturity investments to fund the surrender payment. Sales of fixed maturity investments could result in the recognition of significant realized losses and insufficient proceeds to fully fund the surrender amount. In this circumstance, Life Operations may need to take other actions, including enforcing certain contract provisions which could restrict surrenders and/or slow or defer payouts.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

There have been no material changes to the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements since the filing of the Company’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Since December 31, 2011, the Company issued $1.55 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes and $600 aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debentures. For additional information, see MD&A – Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital – Debt and Note 14 of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

109

Capitalization

The capital structure of The Hartford as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 consisted of debt and stockholders’ equity, summarized as follows:

	March 31,			December 31,
	2012			2011			Change
Long-term debt	$	6,220		$	6,216			—
Total debt [1]		6,220			6,216			—
Stockholders’ equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (“AOCI”)		19,946			20,235			(1	%)
AOCI, net of tax		1,328			1,251			6	%
Total stockholders’ equity	$	21,274		$	21,486			(1	%)
Total capitalization including AOCI	$	27,494		$	27,702			(1	%)
Debt to stockholders’ equity		29	%		29	%
Debt to capitalization		23	%		22	%

[1] Total debt of the Company excludes $310 and $314 of consumer notes as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The Hartford’s total capitalization decreased $208, or 1%, from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012 due to decreases in stockholders’ equity, excluding AOCI, partially offset by improvements in AOCI, net of tax. The decrease in stockholders’ equity, excluding AOCI, was primarily due the repurchase of outstanding warrants held by Allianz for $300.

AOCI, net of tax, improved primarily due to improvements in the Company’s net unrealized position on available-for-sale securities of $232 primarily as a result of improved security valuations largely due to declining interest rates, partially offset by credit spread widening.

For additional information on debt and the repurchase of warrants, see MD&A – Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital and Note 14 and Note 15 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information on equity and AOCI, net of tax, see Notes 15 and 16, respectively, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report.

Cash Flows

	Three Months Ended March  31,
	2012			2011
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	1,140		$	474
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities	$	(1,367	)	$	254
Net cash used for financing activities	$	(233	)	$	(451	)
Cash – end of period	$	2,059		$	2,317

Cash provided by operating activities increased primarily due to income taxes received of $548 in 2012, compared to income taxes paid of $26 in 2011.

Cash used for investing activities in 2012 primarily relates to net payments on derivatives of $2.0 billion and net purchases of mortgage loans of $548, partially offset by net proceeds of available-for-sale securities of $1.4 billion. Cash provided by investing activities in 2011 primarily relates to net proceeds of available-for-sale securities of $1.3 billion and proceeds from business sold of $278, partially offset by net purchases of fixed maturities, fair value option of $531, net payments on derivatives of $465 and net purchases of mortgage loans of $256.

Cash used for financing activities in 2012 consists primarily of net outflows on investment and universal life-type contracts and dividends paid on common and preferred stock. Cash used for financing activities in 2011 consists primarily of $418 of net outflows on investment and universal life-type contracts.

Operating cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 have been adequate to meet liquidity requirements.

Equity Markets

For a discussion of the potential impact of the equity markets on capital and liquidity, see the Enterprise Risk Management section of the MD&A.

110

Ratings

Ratings impact the Company’s cost of borrowing and its ability to access financing and are an important factor in establishing competitive position in the insurance and financial services marketplace. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be changed. In the event the Company’s ratings are downgraded, the Company’s cost of borrowing and ability to access financing, as well as the level of revenues or the persistency of its business may be adversely impacted.

On March 21, 2012, A.M. Best affirmed the financial strength and issuer credit ratings of the Company’s subsidiaries, and placed the holding company and property/casualty insurance subsidiaries under review with developing implications. The life subsidiaries were placed under review with negative implications.

On March 21, 2012, Fitch Ratings affirmed all debt and insurer financial strength ratings for the Company and maintained its stable rating outlook.

On March 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) Rating Services lowered its counterparty credit and insurer financial strength ratings on most of the life insurance subsidiaries. Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Co. and Hartford Life Insurance Co. were downgraded to A- with stable outlook. Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Co. was downgraded to BBB+ with negative outlook. Hartford Life Inc. debt was downgraded to BBB-. The holding company and property/casualty insurance subsidiaries were affirmed with stable outlook.

On March 21, 2012, Moody’s Investors Service affirmed the credit ratings of the Company and changed the outlook on Hartford Life & Annuity Insurance Company (insurance financial strength at A3) to negative from stable. The outlook on the Company’s other life subsidiaries, property/casualty insurance subsidiaries and holding company remains stable.

The following table summarizes The Hartford’s significant member companies’ financial ratings from the major independent rating organizations as of April 26, 2012.

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings:	A.M. Best		Fitch		Standard & Poor’s		Moody’s
Hartford Fire Insurance Company		A		A+		A		A2
Hartford Life Insurance Company		A		A-		A-		A3
Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company		A		A-		A-		A3
Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company		A		A-		BBB+		A3
Other Ratings:
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.: Senior debt Commercial paper		bbb+ AMB-2		BBB- F2		BBB A-2		Baa3 P-3

These ratings are not a recommendation to buy or hold any of The Hartford’s securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.

The agencies consider many factors in determining the final rating of an insurance company. One consideration is the relative level of statutory surplus necessary to support the business written. Statutory surplus represents the capital of the insurance company reported in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the applicable state insurance department.

Statutory Surplus

The table below sets forth statutory surplus for the Company’s insurance companies. The statutory surplus amount as of December 31, 2011 in the table below is based on actual statutory filings with the applicable regulatory authorities. The statutory surplus amount as of March 31, 2012 is an estimate, as the first quarter 2012 statutory filings have not yet been made.

	March 31, 2012		December 31, 2011
U.S. life insurance subsidiaries, includes domestic captive insurance subsidiaries	$	7,451	$	7,388
Property and casualty insurance subsidiaries		7,716		7,412
Total	$	15,167	$	14,800

Total statutory capital and surplus for the U.S. life insurance subsidiaries, including domestic captive insurance subsidiaries, increased by $63, primarily due to statutory income from non-variable annuity business and other surplus changes, partially offset by variable annuity surplus impacts. Total statutory capital and surplus for property and casualty increased by $304, primarily due to net income, unrealized gains and other changes in surplus, partially offset by dividends to HFSG Holding Company.

The Company also holds regulatory capital and surplus for its operations in Japan. Under the accounting practices and procedures governed by Japanese regulatory authorities, the Company’s statutory capital and surplus was $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The statutory surplus amount as of March 31, 2012 is an estimate, as the year ended March 31, 2012 statutory filings have not yet been made.

111

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings– For a discussion regarding contingencies related to The Hartford’s legal proceedings, please see the information contained under “Litigation” in Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Part II, Item 1 Legal Proceedings, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Legislative Developments

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted on July 21, 2010, mandating changes to the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act may affect our operations and governance in ways that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act vests a newly created Financial Services Oversight Council with the power to designate “systemically important” financial institutions, which will be subject to special regulatory supervision and other provisions intended to prevent, or mitigate the impact of, future disruptions in the U.S. financial system. Systemically important institutions are limited to large bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies that are so important that their potential failure could “pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.” The FSOC finalized its rule for designating systemically important nonbank financial institutions in April 2012, but has not yet indicated when it will begin its consideration of such companies. Based on its most current financial data, The Hartford does not meet the initial quantitative metrics that will be used to determine which nonbank companies merit consideration. The FSOC has indicated it will review on a quarterly basis whether non-bank financial institutions meet the metrics for further review.

If we are designated as a systemically important institution, The Hartford could be subject to higher capital requirements and additional regulatory oversight imposed by The Federal Reserve, as well as to post-event assessments imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to recoup the costs associated with the orderly liquidation of other systemically important institutions in the event one or more such institutions fails. Further, the FDIC is authorized to petition a state court to commence an insolvency proceeding to liquidate an insurance company that fails in the event the insurer’s state regulator fails to act. Other provisions will require central clearing of, and/or impose new margin and capital requirements on, derivatives transactions, which we expect will increase the costs of our hedging program. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act may restrict us from sponsoring and investing in private equity and hedge funds, which would limit our discretion in managing our general account.

Other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact us include: a new “Federal Insurance Office” within Treasury; discretionary authority for the SEC to impose a harmonized standard of care for investment advisers and broker-dealers who provide personalized advice about securities to retail customers; possible adverse impact on the pricing and liquidity of the securities in which we invest resulting from the proprietary trading and market making limitation of the Volcker Rule; possible prohibition of certain asset-backed securities transactions that could adversely impact our ability to offer insurance-linked securities; and enhancements to corporate governance, especially regarding risk management.

FY 2013, Budget of the United States Government

On February 13, 2012, the Obama Administration released its “FY 2013, Budget of the United States Government” (the “Budget”). Although the Administration has not released proposed statutory language, the Budget includes proposals which if enacted, would affect the taxation of life insurance companies and certain life insurance products. In particular, the proposals would affect the treatment of corporate owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies by limiting the availability of certain interest deductions for companies that purchase those policies. The proposals would also change the method used to determine the amount of dividend income received by a life insurance company on assets held in separate accounts used to support products, including variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts, that are eligible for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”). The DRD reduces the amount of dividend income subject to tax and is a significant component of the difference between the Company’s actual tax expense and expected amount determined using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. If proposals of this type were enacted, the Company’s sale of variable life products and its profits on COLI policies and variable annuity contracts could be adversely affected and the Company’s actual tax expense could increase, reducing earnings.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For a discussion of accounting standards, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in The Hartford’s 2011 Form 10-K Annual Report and Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-Q.

Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information contained in the Capital Markets Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purposes set forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of March 31, 2012.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s current fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

112

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Litigation

The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties discussed below under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.

The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, and in addition to the matters described below, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, life and inland marine; improper sales practices in connection with the sale of life insurance and other investment products; and improper fee arrangements in connection with investment products. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Apart from the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, the Mutual Funds Litigation identified below purports to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel and complex legal theories. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company’s experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. The matter is in the earliest stages of litigation, with no substantive legal decisions by the court defining the scope of the claims or the potentially available damages. The Company has not yet answered the complaint or asserted its defenses, and fact discovery has not yet begun. Accordingly, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any, or predict the timing of the eventual resolution of this matter.

Mutual Funds Litigation —In February 2011, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011, the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amend the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of The Hartford Global Health Fund, The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisors Fund, and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund. Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO disputes the allegations and has filed a partial motion to dismiss.

113

Broker Compensation Litigation– Following the New York Attorney General’s filing of a civil complaint against Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., and Marsh, Inc. (collectively, “Marsh”) in October 2004 alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, participated with Marsh in arrangements to submit inflated bids for business insurance and paid contingent commissions to ensure that Marsh would direct business to them, private plaintiffs brought several lawsuits against the Company predicated on the allegations in the Marsh complaint, to which the Company was not party. Among these is a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. Two consolidated amended complaints were filed in the multidistrict litigation, one related to conduct in connection with the sale of property-casualty insurance and the other related to alleged conduct in connection with the sale of group benefits products. The Company and various of its subsidiaries are named in both complaints. The complaints assert, on behalf of a putative class of persons who purchased insurance through broker defendants, claims under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), state law, and in the case of the group benefits complaint, claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The claims are predicated upon allegedly undisclosed or otherwise improper payments of contingent commissions to the broker defendants to steer business to the insurance company defendants. The district court dismissed the Sherman Act and RICO claims in both complaints for failure to state a claim and has granted the defendants’ motions for summary judgment on the ERISA claims in the group-benefits products complaint. The district court further declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over the state law claims and dismissed those claims without prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the claims in both consolidated amended complaints, except the ERISA claims. In August 2010, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against the Company. The Third Circuit vacated the dismissal of the Sherman Act and RICO claims against some defendants in the property casualty insurance case and vacated the dismissal of the state-law claims as to all defendants in light of the reinstatement of the federal claims. In September 2010, the district court entered final judgment for the defendants in the group benefits case. In March 2011, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis the property casualty insurance case for an immaterial amount. The district court gave final approval to the settlement in March 2012. An objector has noticed an appeal to the Third Circuit; management belives that the possibility that the settlement will be over turned on appeal is remote. Following the settlement, only three non-class action lawsuits remain. Management believes that the possibility of a material adverse outcome with respect to these lawsuits, when considered separately or in the aggregate, is remote.

Investment and Savings Plan ERISA and Shareholder Securities Class Action Litigation –In November and December 2008, following a decline in the share price of the Company’s common stock, seven putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut on behalf of certain participants in the Company’s Investment and Savings Plan (the “Plan”), which offers the Company’s common stock as one of many investment options. These lawsuits have been consolidated, and a consolidated amended class-action complaint was filed on March 23, 2009, alleging that the Company and certain of its officers and employees violated ERISA by allowing the Plan’s participants to invest in the Company’s common stock and by failing to disclose to the Plan’s participants information about the Company’s financial condition. The lawsuit seeks restitution or damages for losses arising from the investment of the Plan’s assets in the Company’s common stock during the period from December 10, 2007 to the present. In January 2010, the district court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. In February 2011, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle on a class basis for an immaterial amount. The district court gave final approval to the settlement in April 2012.

Asbestos and Environmental Claims – As discussed in Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption “Reserving for Asbestos and Environmental Claims within Other Operations,” The Hartford continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regarding these claims, The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

114

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in The Hartford involves risk. In deciding whether to invest in The Hartford, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, any of which could have a significant or material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, operating results or liquidity of The Hartford. This information should be considered carefully together with the other information contained in this report and the other reports and materials filed by The Hartford with the SEC.

The risk factors set forth below update the risk factors section previously disclosed in Item 1A of Part I of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The actions announced by the Company on March 21, 2012, and related implementation plans and objectives, involve a number of challenges, uncertainties and risks that may prevent the Company from implementing any such action or initiative as currently contemplated or at all, or, if concluded, from achieving some or all of the anticipated benefits from such announced actions.

On March 21, 2012, the Company announced its decision to focus on its Property and Casualty, Group Benefits and Mutual Fund businesses, place its Individual Annuity business into runoff and pursue sales or other strategic alternatives for the Individual Life, Woodbury Financial Services and Retirement Plans businesses. On April 26, 2012, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement to sell its individual annuity new business capabilities to a third party and, effective May 1, 2012, reinsure all new annuity policies issued by the Company to such third party for a limited period of time. The actions announced by the Company are subject to challenges, uncertainties and risks, including, among others, that the Company may be unable to sell the Individual Life, Woodbury Financial Services and Retirement Plans businesses at an appropriate price or at all or find strategic alternatives to their sale. No assurance can be given that the carrying value of any such business may not be impaired at some future time. All these announced actions may be subject to significant execution risks, costs and delays, and estimated charges may be subject, depending on subsequent events, to upward adjustments. The Company may not achieve all of the benefits it expects to derive from the actions announced, including in respect of enhanced shareholder value.

The Company’s announcement and related implementation plans and objectives could also adversely affect not only the businesses with respect to which the Company has announced its intention to sell or execute other strategic alternatives, but also on its ongoing businesses. These adverse effects may include loss of customers, surrenders, withdrawals, contract terminations or other adverse impacts on the Company’s relationships with its business partners and other stakeholders. Further, the Company may not be able to retain employees that are necessary to the success of its implementation plans and objectives. As a consequence, the matters described above may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings, which may make our products less attractive, could increase our cost of capital and inhibit our ability to refinance our debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Financial strength and credit ratings, including commercial paper ratings, are important in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. Rating agencies assign ratings based upon several factors. While most of the factors relate to the rated company, some of the factors relate to the views of the rating agency, general economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated company’s control. In addition, rating agencies may employ different models and formulas to assess the financial strength of a rated company, and from time to time rating agencies have, at their discretion, altered these models. Changes to the models, general economic conditions, or circumstances outside our control could impact a rating agency’s judgment of its rating and the rating it assigns us. We cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies, which may adversely affect us.

Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet policyholder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade or a potential downgrade in the rating of our financial strength or of one of our principal insurance subsidiaries could affect our competitive position and reduce future sales of our products.

Our credit ratings also affect our cost of capital. A downgrade or a potential downgrade of our credit ratings could make it more difficult or costly to refinance maturing debt obligations, to support business growth at our insurance subsidiaries and to maintain or improve the financial strength ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries. Downgrades could begin to trigger potentially material collateral calls on certain of our derivative instruments and counterparty rights to terminate derivative relationships, both of which could limit our ability to purchase additional derivative instruments. These events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

On March 21, 2012, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC downgraded Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company one notch to A- (stable outlook) and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company two notches to BBB+ (negative outlook). In addition, Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. changed the outlook on Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company to negative and A.M. Best placed the Company’s life subsidiaries under review with negative implications. These ratings actions triggered counterparty termination and collateral call rights in a limited number of the Company’s derivative agreements. To date, no counterparties have terminated derivative relationships and we do not anticipate any material collateral calls as a result of these ratings actions.

115

The impact of regulatory initiatives, including the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Regulatory developments relating to the recent financial crisis may significantly affect our operations and prospects in ways that we cannot predict. U.S. and overseas governmental and regulatory authorities, including the SEC, The Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the NYSE and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) are considering enhanced or new regulatory requirements intended to prevent future crises or otherwise stabilize the institutions under their supervision. Such measures are likely to lead to stricter regulation of financial institutions generally, and heightened prudential requirements for systemically important companies in particular. Such measures could include taxation of financial transactions and restrictions on employee compensation.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010, mandating changes to the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act may affect our operations and governance in ways that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will require central clearing of, and/or impose new margin and capital requirements on, derivatives transactions, which we expect will increase the costs of our hedging program. Other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact us include: a new “Federal Insurance Office” within Treasury; discretionary authority for the SEC to impose a harmonized standard of care for investment advisers and broker-dealers who provide personalized advice about securities to retail customers; possible adverse impact on the pricing and liquidity of the securities in which we invest resulting from the proprietary trading and market making limitation of the Volcker Rule; possible prohibition of certain asset-backed securities transactions that could adversely impact our ability to offer insurance-linked securities; and enhancements to corporate governance, especially regarding risk management.

In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act vests a newly created Financial Services Oversight Council (“FSOC”) with the power to designate “systemically important” institutions, which will be subject to special regulatory supervision and other provisions intended to prevent, or mitigate the impact of, future disruptions in the U.S. financial system. Systemically important institutions are limited to large bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies that are so important that their potential failure could “pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.” The FSOC published a final rule setting forth the process they propose to follow when designating systemically important nonbank financial companies in April 2012, but has not yet indicated when the FSOC will begin designating systemically important nonbank financial companies. Based on its most current financial data, The Hartford does not meet the initial quantitative metrics that will be used to determine which nonbank companies merit consideration. The FSOC has indicted it will review on a quarterly basis whether nonbank financial institutions meet the metrics for further review.

If we are designated as a systemically important institution, we could be subject to higher capital requirements and additional regulatory oversight imposed by The Federal Reserve, as well as to post-event assessments imposed by the FDIC to recoup the costs associated with the orderly liquidation of other systemically important institutions in the event one or more such institutions fails. Further, the FDIC is authorized to petition a state court to commence an insolvency proceeding to liquidate an insurance company that fails in the event the insurer’s state regulator fails to act. We may also be restricted from sponsoring and investing in private equity and hedge funds, which would limit our discretion in managing our general account. The Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule in December 2011 that would apply capital and liquidity requirements, single-counterparty credit limits, and stress testing and risk management requirements to systemically important institutions, and subject such institutions to an early remediation regime based on these requirements. The Federal Reserve has noted that they may tailor the application of the proposed rule to the particular attributes of systemically important nonbank financial companies. If The Hartford were to be designated as systemically important by the FSOC, these requirements could apply to The Hartford. However, it is not yet clear how or to what extent these requirements would be applied to systemically important nonbank financial companies.

Potential changes in federal or state tax laws, including changes impacting the availability of the separate account dividend received deduction, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Many of the products that the Company currently sells benefit from one or more forms of tax-favored status under current federal and state income tax regimes. For example, the Company sells life insurance policies that benefit from the deferral or elimination of taxation on earnings accrued under the policy, as well as permanent exclusion of certain death benefits that may be paid to policyholders’ beneficiaries. We also sold annuity contracts that allowed policyholders to defer the recognition of taxable income earned within the contract. Other products that the Company sells or previously sold also enjoy similar, as well as other, types of tax advantages. The Company also benefits from certain tax items, including but not limited to, tax-exempt bond interest, dividends received deductions, tax credits (such as foreign tax credits), and insurance reserve deductions.

Due in large part to the recent financial crisis that has affected many governments, there is an increasing risk that federal and/or state tax legislation could be enacted that would result in higher taxes on insurance companies and/or their policyholders. For example, on February 13, 2012, the Obama Administration released its “FY 2013, Budget of the United States Government” that includes among many other proposals, a proposal which, if enacted, would adversely affect the amount of the dividends received deduction the Company currently enjoys. Although the specific form of any such potential legislation is uncertain, it could include lessening or eliminating some or all of the tax advantages currently benefiting the Company and/or its policyholders, not “grandfathering” the current tax treatment of existing life and annuity products, etc. This could occur in the context of deficit reduction or other tax reform. The effects of any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition, and could result in lapses of policies currently held, and/or our incurrence of materially higher corporate taxes.

116

Item 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

The following table summarizes the Company’s repurchases of its common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased			Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
								(in millions)
January 1, 2012 – January 31, 2012		2,550,000		$	16.58		2,550,000	$	407
February 1, 2012 – February 29, 2012		18,945	[1]	$	20.11		—	$	407
March 1, 2012 – March 31, 2012		307,007	[1]	$	20.66		—	$	407
Total		2,875,952		$	17.04		—		N/A

[1] Primarily represents shares acquired from employees of the Company for tax withholding purposes in connection with the Company’s stock compensation plans.

On July 27, 2011 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $500 stock repurchase program. The Company’s repurchase authorization, which expires on August 5, 2014, permits purchases of common stock, as well as warrants or other derivative securities. Repurchases may be made in the open market, through derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other privately negotiated transactions, and through plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The timing of any future repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company’s securities, the Company’s capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. On April 17, 2012, The Hartford repurchased outstanding warrants held by Allianz for $300 under this program resulting in the remaining authorized repurchases of approximately $106 outstanding as of April 26, 2012.

Item 6. EXHIBITS

See Exhibits Index on page 119.

117

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

	The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
	(Registrant)
Date: May 2, 2012	/s/ Beth A. Bombara
	Beth A. Bombara
	Senior Vice President and Controller
	(Chief accounting officer and duly authorized signatory)

118

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2012

FORM 10-Q

EXHIBITS INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
4.1	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2012, between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“The Hartford”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 6, 2012).
4.2	Global note for $325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.000% Senior Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed April 6, 2012).
4.3	Global notes for $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.125% Senior Notes due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed April 6, 2012).
4.4	Global note for $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2042 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed April 6, 2012).
4.5	Global notes for $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.875% Fixed-To-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2042 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed April 7, 2012).
10.01	Warrant and Debentures Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012, between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and Allianz SE (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 2, 2012).
*10.02	Letter Agreement between David N. Levenson and The Hartford dated March 21, 2012.**
15.01	Deloitte & Touche LLP Letter of Awareness.**
31.01	Certification of Liam E. McGee pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
31.02	Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.01	Certification of Liam E. McGee pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.02	Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document.**
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.**
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.**
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.**
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.**
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.**
*	Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
**	Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to this report.

119